MARKI-MANGLI COAL BLOCK-IIIenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/14012019... ·...

Submission to

Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change New Delhi

MARKI-MANGLI COAL BLOCK-III Villages: Ardhwan, Bhendala, Ruikot, Mukutban, Tehsil Zari-Jamni,

District Yavatmal, Maharashtra (Project Area 282 Ha, Proposed Production Capacity of Coal: 0.21 MTPA)

(Project Category ‘A’)

Project Proponent

M/s B. S. ISPAT LTD Village Salori Yensa, P. O. Chinora Tehsil Warora, District Chandrapur,

Maharashtra

EIA Consultant

Srushti Seva Private Ltd. NABET Accredited

EIA Consultant Organization Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1720/RA 0105

Valid till 15/05/2020

(As Per EIA Notification No. S.O. 1533(E) dated 14th Sept. 2006

JANUARY 2019

Final EIA-EMP for Marki Mangli Coal Block – III Mining Project

(Peak Production Capacity = 0.21 MTPA; Project Area 282 Ha) District Yavatmal, Maharashtra

Srushti Seva Private Ltd. NABET Accredited EIA Consultant Organization: Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1720/RA0105 Valid till 15/05/2020

1

INDEX S. NO. PARTICULAR PAGE NO.

TOR Compliance 7-15

Executive Summary 16-24

Final EIA / EMP Report 25-179

Chapter – 1 Introduction 25-29

Chapter – 2 Project Description 30-58

Chapter – 3 Description of the Environment 59-105

Chapter – 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures 106-146

Chapter – 5 Analysis of Alternatives 147-148

Chapter – 6 Environmental Monitoring Program 149-150

Chapter – 7 Additional Studies 151-162

Chapter – 8 Project Benefits 163

Chapter – 9 Environmental Cost 164

Chapter – 10 Environnemental Management Plan 171

Chapter – 11 Summary & Conclusion 172

Chapter – 12 Disclosure of Consultants 173

CONTENTS S. NO. TOPIC PAGE NO.

CHAPTER- 1 INTRODUCTION 25-29

1.1 Purpose of the Report 25

1.2 Identification of Project and Profile of Project Proponent 25

1.3 Genesis and Objective Of Project 26

1.4 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project And its Importance to the Country, Region

27

1.5 Scope of the Study 29

CHAPTER–2 Project Description 30-58

2.1 Need for the Project 30

2.2 Location of the Project 30

2.3 Salient Features of the Project 35 2.4 Infrastructure Available 38

2.5 Geological & Mining Parameters 38

2.6 Description of Coal Seam 40

2.7 Quality of Coal 40

2.8 Estimation of Reserves in the GR 42

2.9 Method of Mining 45

2.10 Quarriable areas and Boundaries 45

2.11 Production Capacity and Mine Life 46

2.12 Working by the Prior Allottee 46

2.13 Schedule of Coal & OBR 47

2.14 Major HEMM 48

2.15 Disposal of Overburden 48

2.16 Calendar Plan of Coal & OB Production 50

2.17 Drilling & Blasting 52

2.18 Water Requirement & Source 52

2.19 Hydrogeology 53

2.20 Transport from Mine Head to Destination 54

2.21 Manpower Requirement 54

2.22 Approvals and Implementation 54

2.23 Conceptual Plan 54

2.24 Post Mining Closure Plan 56

2.25 Mineral Transport 58

2.26 Mineral Beneficiation 58

2.27 Safety & Mineral Conservation 58

2.28 Site Services 58

CHAPTER–3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 59-105

3.1 Background 59




2

S. NO. TOPIC PAGE NO.

3.2 Marki-Mangli Coal Block-III Mining Project 59

3.3 Present Environmental Scenario 59

3.4 Baseline Environmental Quality Data 60

3.5 Methodology for Baseline Data Collection 61

3.6 Meteorology 61

3.7 Ambient Air Quality 63

3.8 Noise Environment 66

3.9 Water Environment 68

3.10 Hydrology & Hydrogeology 71

3.11 Hydrologic Impact Assessment 73

3.12 Hydrogeological Regime 74

3.13 Ground Water Level 75

3.14 Water Table and Movement of Ground Water 77

3.15 Long Term Modeling for Inter Section of Groundwater 79

3.16 Mine Inflow 79

3.17 Radius of Influence 80

3.18 Ground Water Resources in Core and Buffer Zone 81

3.19 Water Quality 83

3.20 Water Requirement 84

3.21 Water Use 84

3.22 Soil Environment 87

3.23 Land Environment 89

3.24 Supplementary Baseline Data Collection 94

3.25 Traffic Survey Report 96

3.26 Socio –Economic Status 96

3.27 Socio-Economic Characteristics of House Hold Respondents 98

3.28 Flora & Fauna 100

CHAPTER–4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures 106-146

4.1 Introduction 106

4.2 Impact on Socio - Economic Aspects 123

4.3 Skill Development and Training 125

4.4 Mitigation Measures 125

4.5 Rainwater Harvesting 134

4.6 Soil Conservation Measures 136

4.7 Restoration and Rehabilitation of Mined out Areas 136

4.8 Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan 140

4.9 Corporate Social Responsibility 140

4.10 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) 141

4.11 Mitigation Plan for Flora and Fauna 141

4.12 IRREVERSIBLE & IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL

COMPONENTS

142

4.13 Energy Conservation 143

4.14 Occupational Health (Impacts and Mitigation Measures) 144

CHAPTER–5 Analysis Of Alternatives 147-148

5.1 Site Alternatives Considered 147

5.2 Analysis of Alternative Technology & Methods 147

5.3 Assessment of New and Untested Technology for the Risk of Technological Failure

147

CHAPTER–6 Environmental Monitoring Programme 149-150

6.1 Preamble 149

CHAPTER-7 Additional Studies 151-162

7.0 Preamble 151

7.1 Occupational Health and Safety 152

7.2 Risk Assessment 153

7.3 Major Areas of Hazards and Risks 155

7.4 Disaster Management Plan 156





3

S. NO. TOPIC PAGE NO.

CHAPTER–8 Project Benefits 163


8.2 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) 163

CHAPTER-9 Environmental Cost 164-165

9.1 Budgetary Allocation for Environmental Protection 164

CHAPTER-10 Environment Management Plan 166-171


10.2 Potential Impacts & Proposed Mitigation Measrues 166

10.3 Greenbelt Development 169


10.5 Environment Monitoring Cell 170

10.6 Implementation Schedule 170

10.7 Rehabilitation Action Plan 171

CHAPTER–11

Summary & Conclusion 172

11.1 Justification for Implementation of the Project 172

11.2 Summary of Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation 172

11.3 Conclusion 172

CHAPTER–12

Disclosure Of Consultants 173

12.1 Disclosure of Consultants 173

LIST OF TABLES TABLE NO. TOPIC PAGE NO.

1.1 Salient features of the project 27

2.1 Coordinates of boundary pillars 31

2.2 Details of Pre-Mining Land Use Pattern 35

2.3 A Landuse Proposed and Approved Land Requirement 36

2.3 B Landuse: Village Wise Breakup 36

2.4 Landuse During Mining for OC Mine 36

2.5 Post Mining land use 37

2.6 Salient Feature of the Mining 38

2.7 Stratigraphic sequence of Marki-Mangli Block-III 39

2.8 Thickness Range of Coal Seam 40

2.9 Borehole Wise Coal Quality: Top-section 41

2.10 Borehole Wise Coal Quality : Bottom-Section 41

2.11 Borehole-wise Coal Quality 42

2.12 Quarry wise Net Proved Geological Reserves (In million tones) 43

2.13 Net Geological Reserves Vis-a-vis Blocked up and Mineable & Extractable Reserves ( in Million Tonnes)

44

2.14 Coal-OBR of two phases 45

2.15 Limits of Quarries 46

2.16 Geo-mining parameters of proposed quarries 46

2.17 Production with OBR by the prior allottee 47

2.18 Year wise Schedule of Coal Production 47

2.19 Estimates of Overburden Constituents — quarry wise (Figures in mm3)

49

2.20 Capacity of External + Internal Dumps 49

2.21 Year wise schedule of OB removal 50

2.22 Calendar Plan of Coal Production & OB Removal 51

2.23 Water Requirement (M3/day) 52

2.24 Year Wise Details of Technical & Biological Reclamation of Mined Out Land

55

2.25 Year Wise Proposed Plantation Programme 56

2.26 Derivation of Escrow Amount Related to OC 57

2.27 Escrow Amount Accordingly Calculated 57

3.1 Salient Features of Study Area (10 km Buffer zone) 61




4

TABLE NO. TOPIC PAGE NO.

3.2 Accuracy of Meteorological Equipment 62

3.3 Monthly Mean Rainfall at Yavatmal 62

3.4 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 63

3.5 Details of noise level monitoring locations 66

3.6 National Ambient Noise Level Standards 68

3.7 Location of Water Sampling Stations 68

3.8 Part of Penganga River Basin Catchment Area up to Mine 71

3.9 Change in Surface Runoff (Annual) 73

3.10 Change in Infiltration (Annual) 73

3.11 Water Pool in Mine 74

3.12 Aquifer characteristics 75

3.13 The aquifer parameters 75

3.14 Mine Inflow in Marki Mangli – III Coal Mine 80

3.15 Radius of influence 80

3.16 Stage of Development 82

3.17 Dynamic & Static Groundwater Resources of Core & Buffer Zone 83

3.18 Water Quality 83

3.19 Water Requirement (m3/day) 84

3.20 Use of Mine Water (m3/day) 84

3.21 Details of Soil Sampling Locations 87

3.22 Landuse pattern in study area 90

3.23 Landuse in Study Area: 2011 Census 91

3.24 details of supplementary monitoring stations 94

3.25 Observed Traffic Density on Wani to Mukutban Road 96

3.26 Vocation-wise Distribution 97

3.27 Household Respondents 99

3.28 A List of Flora of Core Zone 100

3.28 B List of Flora of Buffer Zone 102

3.29 A List of the Fauna in Core Area 103

3.29 B List of the Fauna IN Core Area 104

4.1 Pre mining Landuse 108

4.2 Post Mining land use 108

4.3 Predicted Ground Level Concentration for Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (PM10), ug/m3

114

4.4 Predicted Ground Level Concentration for Particulate Matter (PM2.5), g/m3

114

4.5 Permissible Peak Particle Velocity (MM/S) 120

4.6 Proposed Impact of Project 123

4.7 Conceptual landuse of the area 128

4.8 Distance-Drawdown-Rebound Data 134

4.9 Source of Water 135

4.10 Plantation programme 137

4.11 Proposed Stagewise Plantation (species, nos.) 137

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan 149

9.1 Capital cost of environmental protection measure 164

9.2 Recurring cost of environmental protection measures 165

10.1 Potential Impacts & Proposed Mitigation Measrues 166

LIST OF FIGURES FIGURE NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO

1.1 Location Map 27

2.0 Revised Mine Lease Boundary Map Certified by CMPDIL 32

2.1 Details of Project area marked on SOI Toposheet (56 I/13) 33

2.2 Details of project area marked on Village Map 34

3.1 Study Map Showing Core and Buffer Zone 60

3.2 AAQ monitoring period 62




5

FIGURE NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO

3.3 Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 64

3.4 Map Showing Locations of Noise Level Monitoring 67

3.5 Locations of Surface & Ground Water Sampling Stations 69

3.6 Drainage Basin of Buffer Zone 72

3.7 Change in Surface Runoff (Annual) 73

3.8 Change in Infiltration (Annual) 74

3.9 Location of observation well 76

3.10 The Water Table 77

3.11 Water Table map of Core Zone 78

3.12 Inter Section of Groundwater during Mining 79

3.13 Conceptual Model 79

3.14 Mine Inflow 80

3.15 Radius of influence 81

3.16 Stage of Development 82

3.17 Water Balance Diagram 85

3.18 A Drainage Map of the 10 Km Buffer Zone 86

3.18 B Drainage Map of the 2.5 Km radius around the mine 87

3.19 Locations of Soil Sampling Sites 88

3.20 A Satellite Imagery of Study Area (10 Km) 89

3.20 B Landuse /Land Cover Interpretation from Satellite Image 90

3.20 C Landuse Pattern of Study Area 91

3.21 A Seismic Zonation Map 92

3.21 B Flood Hazard Zonation Map 93

4.1 Predicted 24 Hourly GLC of PM10 112

4.2 Predicted 24 hourly GLC of PM2. 113

4.3 Predicted GLC Isopleths for PM10 115

4.4 Predicted GLC Isopleths for SOx 116

4.5 Predicted GLC Isopleths for NOX 117

4.6 Schematic Diagram of Rainwater Harvesting Structure 130

4.7 Schematic Diagram of Mine Water Treatment 131

4.8 Location of Water Conservation Tank 132

4.9 Location of Sedimentation Pond 133

4.10 Drawdown and Rebound 134

4.11 Scheme of Plantation 138

4.12 Scheme of Plantation 139

4.13 Location of Rain Water harvesting 145

4.14 Schematic diagram of filter media for sedimentation pond 146

6.1 Environment Monitoring Cell 150

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure No. Particulars

1.1 Vesting Order

1.2 Old EC letter (Verangana Stell Pvt. Ltd.)

1.3 Terms of Reference (TOR)

1.4 Letter from MoEF & CC

1.5 Mining Plan approval letter

2.1 Aproved Mine Closure Plan

3.1 Summary of Environmental Monitoring in the Study Area

3.2 Monthly Temperature Recorded During Sampling Period

3.3 Monthly Humidity Recorded During Sampling Period

3.4A Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (March 2016 to May 2016)

3.4B Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (13.03..2018 to 04.04 2018)

3.5 Summarized report of Ambient Air Quality




6

Annexure No. Particulars

3.6 Measured Noise Levels at Monitored Stations

3.7A Analysis Report of Water Samples (May 2016)

3.8 Analysis Report of Water Samples (March 2018)

3.9A Physico-Chemical characteristics of Soil samples (May 2016)

3.9B Physico-Chemical characteristics of Soil samples (March 2018)

3.10 Villagewise Landuse of the Study Area

3.11 Demographic Data of the study area – Census 2011

3.12 Vocational Data of the study area – Census 2011

3.13 Authenticated List of Flora & Fauna from Forest Department

6.1 Corporate Environmental Policy

7.1 Notice of Public Hearing in News Paper

7.2 Proceeding of Public Hearing (Both English & Marathi)

7.3 Action Plan for compliance of Public Hearing

7.4 Corporate Social Responsibility Plan (CSR)

12.1 NABET Accreditation Letter

12.2 List of Experts involved in preparation of EIA/EMP

LIST OF PLATES PLATES NO. PARTICULARS Ref. Para

2.1 Surface Plan 2.2.2

2.2 Current Landuse Plan 2.3.2

2.3 Geological Plan 2.5.3

2.4 Geological Sections 2.5.3

2.5 Proposed Surface Layout Plan 2.16

2.6 1st Year stage plan 2.16

2.7 5th year stage plan 2.16

2.8 10th year stage plan 2.16

2.9 Final stage quarry 2.16

2.10 Dump plan 2.16

2.11 Environment Management Plan 2.23

ABBREVIATIONS

BSIL M/S B S Ispat Limited

MoEF & CC Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, GOI

MoC Ministry of Coal, GOI

EAC Expert Appraisal Committee

EC Environmental Clearance

ToR Terms of Reference

OB Dump Overburden Dump

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP Environmental Management Plan

CSR Corporate Social Responsibility

CER Corporate Environment Responsibility

DGMS Directorate General of Mines Safety

MTPA Million Tonnes Per Annum

MCum Million Cubic Meter

Kgs Kilograms

m Meter

Kms Kilometers

KLD Kilo Liters Per Day

Mm3 Million Meter Cube

µg/m3 Microgram per meter cube

Final EIA-EMP for Marki Mangli Coal Block – III Mining Project (Peak Production Capacity = 0.21 MTPA; Project Area 282 Ha) District Yavatmal, Maharashtra

Srushti Seva Private Ltd.

NABET Accredited EIA Consultant Organization: Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1720/RA0105 Valid till 15/05/2020

7

COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)

Point wise reply of ToR points issued by MoEF & CC, New Delhi vide letter no. J-11015/425/2007-IA.II(M) dated 1st February 2016

Tor Point No.

Description Response Reference in EIA/EMP Report

A. Generic TOR for an opencast coalmine project:

1. An EIA-EMP Report shall be prepared for 0.21 MTPA rated capacity in an ML/project area of 282 Ha based on the generic structure specified in Appendix III of the EIA Notification, 2006.

The EIA/EMP is prepared for 0.21 MTPA coal production in a ML area of 275 Ha as per the generic structure specified in Appendix III of the EIA Notification 2006.

Final EIA/EMP

2. An EIA-EMP Report would be prepared for 0.21 MTPA rated capacity to cover the impacts and environment management plan for the project specific activities on the environment of the region, and the environmental quality encompassing air, water, land, biotic community, etc. through collection of data and information, generation of data on impacts including prediction modeling for 0.21 MTPA of coal production based on approved project/Mining Plan for 0.21 MTPA. Baseline data collection can be for any season (three months) except monsoon

An EIA-EMP Report is prepared for 0.21 MTPA rated capacity covering the impacts and environment management plan for the project specific activities on the environment of the region, and the environmental quality encompassing air, water, land, biotic community, etc. through collection of data and information, generation of data on impacts including prediction modeling for 0.21 MTPA of coal production based on approved project/Mining Plan for 0.21 MTPA. Baseline data was collected in Summer 2016.

Final EIA/EMP Para 3.5

3. A toposheet specifying locations of the State, District and Project site should be provided.

Location of the project on toposheet No 56 I/13 is given in Final EIA/EMP.

Para 2.2.1 and Figure 2.1

4. A Study area map of the core zone (project area) and 10 km area of the buffer zone (1: 50,000 scale) clearly delineating the major topographical features such as the land use, surface drainage pattern including rivers/streams/nallahs/canals, locations of human habitations, major constructions including railways, roads, pipelines, major industries/mines and other polluting sources. In case of ecologically sensitive areas such as Biosphere Reserves/National Parks/WL Sanctuaries/ Elephant Reserves, forests (Reserved/Protected), migratory corridors of fauna, and areas where endangered fauna and plants of medicinal and economic importance found in the 15 km study area should be given.

A study area map of the core zone (project area) and 10 km area of the buffer zone (1: 50,000 scale) is enclosed.

Para 3.4 and Figure 3.1

5. Land use map (1: 50,000 scale) based on a recent satellite imagery of the study area may also be provided with explanatory note on the land use.

Land use map (1: 50,000 scale) based on recent satellite imagery of the study area is enclosed.

Para 3.23 and Figure 3.20 A, Figure 3.20 B

6. Map showing the core zone delineating the agricultural land (irrigated and un-irrigated, uncultivable land as defined in the revenue records, forest areas (as per records), along

Map showing core zone delineating the agricultural land, along with other physical features is enclosed in Final

Para 2.2.1 Figure 2.2




8

Tor Point No.


with other physical features such as water bodies, etc should be furnished.

EIA/EMP.

7. A contour map showing the area drainage of the core zone and 2.5 km of the study area (where the water courses of the core zone ultimately join the major rivers/streams outside the lease/project area) should also be clearly indicated in the separate map.

A contour map showing the area drainage of the core zone and 2.5 km of the study area (is given in Final EIA/EMP.

Para 3.18 and Figure 3.18 A, Figure 3.18 B

8. A detailed Site plan of the mine showing the proposed break-up of the land for mining operations such as the quarry area, OB dumps, green belt, safety zone, buildings, infrastructure, CHP, ETP, Stockyard, township/colony (within and adjacent to the ML), undisturbed area -if any, and landscape features such as existing roads, drains/natural water bodies to be left undisturbed along with any natural drainage adjoining the lease /project areas, and modification of thereof in terms of construction of embankments/bunds, proposed diversion/re-channeling of the water courses, etc., approach roads, major haul roads, etc should be indicated.

A Conceptual Plan showing all desired features are enclosed in Final EIA/EMP.

Plate 2.1 Map showing Nala Diversion and Road Diversion given at Plate no.1

9. In case of any proposed diversion of nallah/canal/river, the proposed route of diversion /modification of drainage and their realignment, construction of embankment etc. should also be shown on the map as per the approval of Irrigation and flood control Department of the concerned state.

There is proposal of nallah diversion and realignment of part of Upasa Nala from outside the North-West boundary of the lease.

Para 2 of Executive Summary . Refer Plate 1

10. Similarly if the project involves diversion of any road/railway line passing through the ML/project area, the proposed route of diversion and its realignment should be shown in the map along with the status of the approval of the competent authority.

There is proposal of road diversion and realignment of parts of roads passing through the ML area.

Para 2 of Executive Summary Refer Plate 1

11. Break up of lease/project area as per different land uses and their stage of acquisition should be provided. Landuse details for Opencast Project should be given as per the following table:

Break up of land use is given in Table below; Also refer Table 2.3A in Chapter 2 of EIA/EMP report. The details are provided as desired in the table below: Page 34

SI. No. Landuse Within ML area (ha) Outside ML area (ha) Total

1 Agricultural land* 00 00 00

2 Forest land 00 00 00

3 Wasteland(Govt.) Land) 19.50 00 19.50

4 Grazing land 00 00 00

SI. No. Landuse Within ML area (ha) Outside ML area (ha) Total

6 Settlements 00 00 00

7 Others (Pvt Land) 255.50 07 262.50

Total 275.0 07 282.00

* Included in Private land at sr no.7

12. Break-up of lease/project area as per mining plan should be provided

Break-up of lease/project area as per mining plan is given in Final EIA/EMP.

Para 2.3.2 and Table 2.2, 2.3A & 2.3B

13. Impact of changes in the land use due to the project if the land is predominantly agricultural land/forestland/grazing land, should be

Impact of changes in the land use due to the project is given in Final EIA/EMP.

Para 2.3.3 and Table 2.4




9

Tor Point No.


provided.

14. One-season (other than monsoon) primary baseline data on environmental quality air (PM10, PM2.5, SOx, NOx. and heavy metals such as Hg, Pb, Cr, As, etc), noise, water (surface and groundwater), soil - along with one-season met data coinciding with the same season for AAQ collection period should be provided.

Baseline environmental quality data for summer season 2016 (March 2016 to May 2016) encompassing air (PM10, PM2.5, SOx, NOx. and heavy metals such as Hg, Pb, Cr, As, etc), noise, water (surface and groundwater), soil along with one-season MET Data was collected and is presented in Final EIA/EMP.

Para 3.5

15. Map (1: 50, 000 scale) of the study area (core and buffer zone) showing the location of various sampling stations superimposed with location of habitats, other industries/mines, polluting sources, should be provided. The number and location of the sampling stations in both core and buffer zones should be selected on the basis of size of lease/project area, the proposed impacts in the downwind (air)/downstream (surface water)/groundwater regime (based on flow). One station should be in the upwind/upstream/non-impact/non-polluting area as a control station. The monitoring should be as per CPCB guidelines and parameters for water testing for both ground water and surface water as per ISI standards and CPCB classification wherever applicable. Observed values should be provided along with the specified standards.

Map of the study area (Core and Buffer zone) showing location of sampling stations is enclosed in the Final EIA/EMP. The number and location of the sampling stations in both core and buffer zones have been selected on the basis of size of lease/project area, the likely impacts in the downwind (air)/downstream (surface water)/groundwater regime (based on flow). One station is located in the upwind/upstream/non-impact/non-polluting area as a control station. The monitoring has been carried out as per CPCB guidelines and parameters for water testing for both ground water and surface water as per ISI standards and CPCB classification wherever applicable. Observed values are provided along with the specified standards.

Para 3.5 Fig.3.3 –Air Fig.3.4 –Noise Fig.3.5 –Water Fig.3.18–Soil

16. Study on the existing flora and fauna in the study area (10km) should be carried out by an institution of relevant discipline. The list of flora and fauna duly authenticated separately for the core and study area and a statement clearly specifying whether the study area forms a part of the migratory corridor of any endangered fauna should be given. If the study area has endangered flora and fauna, or if the area is occasionally visited or used as a habitat by Schedule-I species, or if the project falls within 15 km of an ecologically sensitive area, or used as a migratory corridor then a Comprehensive Conservation Plan along with the appropriate budgetary provision should be prepared and submitted with EIA-EMP Report; and comments/observation from the CWLW of the State Govt. should also be obtained and furnished.

Studyof flora and fauna is carried out and the details are provided at in Final EIA/EMP.

Para 3.28. Authenticated List of Flora & Fauna is given at Annexure 3.13.




10

Tor Point No.


17. Details of mineral reserves, geological status of the study area and the seams to be worked, ultimate working depth and progressive stage-wise working scheme until the end of mine life should be provided on the basis of the approved rated capacity and calendar plans of production from the approved Mining Plan. Geological maps and sections should be included. The Progressive mine development and Conceptual Final Mine Closure Plan should also be shown in figures. Details of mine plan and mine closure plan approval of Competent Authority should be furnished for green field and expansion projects.

• Geological reserves : 6.19 MT

• Seams to be worked out: one seam only.

• Ultimate depth of

working : 60 m

• Geological status : Gondwana formation

• Stage wise progressive working, geological plan and section, conceptual final mine closure plan are enclosed in Final EIA/EMP.

Para 2.8 Table 2.12

18. Details of mining methods, technology, equipment to be used, etc., rationale for selection of specified technology and equipment proposed to be used vis-a-vis the potential impacts should be provided.

Mining Method: Mechanised opencast method with shovel dumper combination. Details of equipment, rationale for selection of opencast technology and potential impacts are provided in Final EIA/EMP.

Para 2.9

19. Impact of mining on hydrology, modification of natural drainage, diversion and channeling of the existing rivers/water courses flowing though the ML and adjoining the lease/project and the impact on the existing users and impacts of mining operations thereon.

A detailed study has been carried out on hydrology and hydrogeology of the area and the same is presented in Final EIA/EMP report.

Para 3.10 to 3.21 Refer Annexure 3.8

20. Detailed water balance should be provided. The break-up of water requirement for the various mine operations should be given separately.

Detailed water balance along with break-up of water requirements for various mine operations is provided in final EIA/EMP.

Para 2.18 Figure 3.17

21. Source of water for use in mine, sanction of the Competent Authority in the State Govt. and impacts vis-a-vis the competing users in the upstream and downstream of the project site. Should be given. Response

Source of water: mine discharge for industrial purpose and borewell water for domestic purpose in mining lease area.

Para 2.18

22. Impact of mining and water abstraction from the mine on the hydrogeology and groundwater regime within the core zone and 10 km buffer zone including long-term monitoring measures should be provided. Details of rainwater harvesting and measures for recharge of groundwater should be reflected in case there is a declining trend of groundwater availability and/or if the area falls within dark/grey zone.

A detailed study has been carried out for impact of mining on hydrology and hydrogeology of the project area and the same is presented in Final EIA/EMP report.

Application dor Obtining NOC from CGWA is submitted on 20.06.2016 Para 3.15 Para 3.16 And Annexure 3.8 Para 4.1.8 and Para 4.1.9

23. Impact of blasting, noise and vibrations should be given.

Impact of blasting, noise and vibrations is given in Final EIA/EMP report.

Para 4.1.10 to Para 4.1.13

24. Impacts of mining on the AAQ and predictions based on modeling using the ISCST-3 (Revised) or latest model should be provided.

Dispersion modelling using AEROMOD is presented in Final EIA/EMP report.

Para 4.1.5 Figure 4.1 Figure 4.2

25. Impacts of mineral transportation within the mining area and outside the lease/project

There will be increase in traffic due to movement of 35-40

Para 4.1.16 and Para 4.1.17




11

Tor Point No.


along with flow-chart indicating the specific areas generating fugitive emissions should be provided. Impacts of transportation, handling, transfer of mineral and waste on air quality, generation of effluents from workshop etc, management plan for maintenance of HEMM and other machinery/equipment should be given. Details of various facilities such as rest areas and canteen for workers and effluents/pollution load emanating from these activities should also be provided.

dumpers of 20 tonnes capacity each in the mining area. Impact of transportation as well as handling & transfer of mineral on air quality together with details of generation of effluents from workshop within the mining lease area are given in Final EIA/EMP report. Various facilities for workers are elaborated in Final EIA/EMP report.

-

26. Effort be made to reduce/eliminate road transport of coal inside and outside mine and for mechanized loading of coal through CHP/ Silo into wagons and trucks/tippers.

Efforts envisaged are:

• Regular water sprinkling

• Plantation

• Maintenance of

vehicles

• Covering coal by tarpaulin during transportation There is no proposal for CHP

Para 4.4.1

27. Details of waste OB and topsoil generated as per the approved calendar programme, and their management shown in figures as well explanatory notes tables giving progressive development and mine closure plan, green belt development, backfilling programme and conceptual post mining land use should be given. OB dump heights and terracing based on slope stability studies with a max of 28° angle as the ultimate slope should be given. Sections of final dumps (both longitudinal and cross section) with relation to the adjacent area should be shown.

• There will be 1 OB dump and 1 Soil dump.

• Total OB generation

25.19 Mm3. (OB: 22.13 Mm3; Top Soil : 3.06 Mm3)

• Dump height 30 m with maximum angle of 28º.

• Dump sections are given in final EIA/EMP.

Para 2.15 Plate 2.10

28. Efforts be made for maximizing progressive internal dumping of 0.B., sequential mining, external dump on coal bearing area and later rehandling into the mine void.--to reduce land degradation.

Out of the 128 Ha excavated area, 69 Ha shall be reclaimed by concurrent internal dumping and remaining 59 Ha void area will be converted into water body.


29. Impact of change in land use due to mining operations and plan for restoration of the mined area to its original land use should be provided.

• Out of the 275 Ha of mining lease area, 128 Ha will be used for excavation out of which 69 Ha shall be reclaimed by concurrent internal dumping.

• 20 Ha of land will be

utilized for external dumps (13 Ha for OB and 7 Ha for Top Soil).

• At conceptual stage, plantation will be done in 204 Ha which will cover barrier, safety zone and infrastructure around including road etc.

• Thus, 74% the mining lease area shall be biologically





12

Tor Point No.


reclaimed and 21% area will be utilized as water reservoir.

30. Progressive Green belt and ecological restoration /afforestation plan (both in text, figures and in the tabular form as per the format of MOEF & CC given below) and selection of species (native) based on original survey/land-use should be given.

Para 4.7 Table 4.11 and Plate 2.11

Proposed Stagewise Plantation (species, nos.)

S.N.

1.

YEAR*

External Dump

Backfilled Area

Others (Undisturbed

Area)

Total

1. 1st year 6000

-

10000 16000 4600 2. 3rd year 20000

-

20000 40000

3. 5th ear 10000

-

10000 20000 4. 10t year -

36000

100000 136000

5. 15th year -

64000

80000 144000 6. 20th year 4000

38000 6000 48000

7. Upto closer - -

4000 4000 Total 40000 138000 230000 408000

31. Conceptual Final Mine Closure Plan and post mining land use and restoration of land/habitat to the pre- mining status should be provided. A Plan for the ecological restoration of the mined out area and post mining land use should be prepared with detailed cost provisions. Impact and management of wastes and issues of re-handling (wherever applicable) and backfilling and progressive mine closure and reclamation should be furnished.

Conceptual Final Mine Closure Plan and post mining land use and restoration of land/habitat to the pre- mining status is provided. Details as per the table are given below:

Table 3 Post Mining Landuse Plan of ML/Project Area

SI. No. Mining Activity

Post Mining Land Use ( Ha)

Agri. Land

Plantation Water Body

Public Use

Total

1 Backfilling - 69 59 - 128

3 Top soil & Soil dump - 7 - - 7

4 External Dump - 13 - - 13



Agri. Land


Public Use

Total

5 Safety Zone - - - 7 7

8 Infrastructure - - - 15.5 15.5*

9 Garland Drain - - - 3 3

10 Embankment - - - - -

11 Water Body - - - - -

12 Coal stock yard & settling tank

- -

- 2.0 2.0

13 Populated Area - - - 10 10

14 Undisturbed 90 _ - - 90

(A) Mining Lease Area 90 89 59 37.5 275

Nala diversion - - 2 2

Road Diversion - - - 5 5

(B) Beyond mining lease area

- - - 7 7

Total Land (A+B) 90 89 59 44.5 282

32. Flow chart of water balance should be provided. Treatment of effluents from workshop, township, domestic wastewater,

• Water balance is provided. Details of gainful utilization of mine water

Para 2.18 Figure 3.17




13

Tor Point No.


mine water discharge, etc. should be provided. Details of STP in colony and ETP in mine should be given. Recycling of water to the max. possible extent should be done.

discharge is given in draft EIA/EMP. The necessary provision of workshop with oil and grease trap has been meade.

33. Occupational health issues. Baseline data on the health of the population in the impact zone and measures for occupational health and safety of the personnel and manpower in the mine should be given.

• A detail of occupational health is included in draft EIA/EMP.

Para 4.14

34. Risk Assessment and Disaster Preparedness and Management Plan should be provided.

Risk Assessment and Disaster Preparedness & Management Plan is provided in final EIA/EMP.

Para 7.2 ,Para 7.3 and Para 7.4

35. Integration of the Environment Management Plan with measures for minimizing use of natural resources - water, land, energy, etc. should be carried out.

Environment Management Plan with measures for minimizing use of natural resources - water, land, energy, etc. has been carried out and presented in final EIA/EMP.

Para 4.4 and Para 4.5

36. Cost of EMP (capital and recurring) should be included in the project cost and for progressive and final mine closure plan.

Cost of EMP

• Capital : 846 Lacs

• Recurring: 45 Lacs/annum

Para 9.1 Table 9.1 and Table 9.2

37. Details of R&R. Detailed project specific R&R Plan with data on the existing socioeconomic status of the population (including tribals, SC/ST, BPL families) found in the study area and broad plan for resettlement of the displaced population, site for the resettlement colony, alternate livelihood concerns/employment for the displaced people, civic and housing amenities being offered, etc and costs along with the schedule of the implementation of the R&R Plan should be given.

Details provided in final EIA/EMP

Para 4.8

38. CSR Plan along with details of villages and specific budgetary provisions (capital and recurring) for specific activities over the life of the project should be given.

CSR plan has been prepared and the cost of CSR is as below;

• Capital cost 90.87 lacs

• Recurring cost 13.64 lacs/ annum

Para 4.9 and Para 8.2 Annexure 7.4

39. Corporate Environment Responsibility: a. The Company must have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by the Board of Directors. b. The Environment Policy must prescribe for standard operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringements/deviation/violation of the environmental or forest norms/conditions. c. The hierarchical system or Administrative Order of the company to deal with environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions must be furnished. d. To have proper checks and balances,

The company has a well laid down Corporate Environment Policy

Para 6.1 Annexure 6.1




14

Tor Point No.


the company should have a well laid- down system of reporting of non-compliances/violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large.

40. Details on Public Hearing should cover the information relating to notices issued in the newspaper, proceedings/minutes of Public Hearing, the points raised by the general public and commitments made by the proponent and the action proposed with budgets in suitable time frame. These details should be presented in a tabular form. If the Public Hearing is in the regional language, an authenticated English Translation of the same should be provided.

Public Hearing was conducted at project siat on 03.11.2018 as per procedure given in EIA 2006.

Para 7.0 Annexure 7.1 Annexure 7.2 Annexure 7.3

41. In built mechanism of self-monitoring of compliance of environmental regulations should be indicated.

Details provided in the EIA/EMP

Para 6.1 Table 6.1

42. Status of any litigations/ court cases filed/pending on the project should be provided.

No litigation court case is pending

43. Submission of sample test analysis of Characteristics of coal: This should include details on grade of coal and other characteristics such as ash content, S and heavy metals including levels of Hg, As, Pb, Cr etc

Analysis of coal samples has been carried out and details are provided in final EIA/EMP.

Ref Para 2.7 and Table 2.9, 2.10 and 2.11

44. Copy of clearances/approvals such as Forestry clearances, Mining Plan Approval, mine closer plan approval. NOC from Flood and Irrigation Dept. (if req.), etc. wherever applicable.

• Mining Plan approved

• Mine Closure Plan Submitted for approval.

• Forest Clearance – NA

• NOC from Flood & Irrigation – NA

Para 1.2.6 Annexure 1.5

B. General Conditions:

1. All documents should be properly indexed, page numbered.

All documents are properly indexed, page numbered.

2. Period/date of data collection should be clearly indicated.

Baseline data collection period: March 2016 to May 2016 and additional data collected in March – April 2018

3. Authenticated English translation of all material provided in Regional languages.

Report is in English language. No material in the report is provided in regional language.

4. After the preparation of the draft EIA-EMP Report as per the aforesaid TOR, the proponent shall get the Public Hearing conducted as prescribed in the EIA Notification 2006 and take necessary action for obtaining environmental clearance under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006.

This condition will be complied with

5. The letter/application for EC should quote the MOEF & CC file No. and also attach a copy of the letter prescribing the TOR.

1. Our application NoBSIL/MM – III/MoEF/2015 – 16/27 DATED 11.05.2015. 2.TOR prescribed vide letter no.J-11015/425/2007-IA.II(M) dated 1st February 2016 has been indicated at relevant sections of Final EIA/EMP. Annexure 1.3

6. The copy of the letter received from the Ministry on the TOR prescribed for the project should be attached as an annexure to the final

This requirement will be complied with.




15

Tor Point No.


EIA-EMP Report.

7. General Instructions for the preparation and presentation before the EAC of TOR/EC projects of Coal Sector should be incorporated/followed.

This will be followed

8. The aforesaid TOR has a validity of two years only.

Agreed

9. Grant of TOR does not necessarily mean grant of EC.

Agreed

10. Grant of TOR/EC to the present project does not necessarily mean grant of TOR/EC to the captive/linked project.

Agreed

11. Grant of TOR/EC to the present project does not necessarily mean grant of approvals in other regulations such as the Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 or the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.

Agreed

12. Grant of EC is also subject to circulars issued under the EIA Notification 2006, which are available on the MOEF & CC website: www.envfor.nic.in

Agreed

http://www.envfor.nic.in/



16

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1.0 INTRODUCTION

• M/s B S Ispat Ltd (BSIL) a Private Limited Company has installed 2x100 TPD Sponge Iron Plant and 11 MW Power Plant situated at Warora, Tehsil Warora, District Chandrapur, Maharashtra. The company had applied through bidding process for allocation of coal block to Ministry of Coal to meet the coal demand of its above- mentioned plant.

• Accordingly, Marki – Mangli - III coal mine was allocated to the company. The Ministry of

Coal vide Vesting order No 104/6/2015/NA dated 17th April 2015 has transferred Marki- Mangli - III coal block to M/s B S Ispat Ltd (Annexure 1.1). Mining of coal from this coal block is proposed by opencast method with a normative production rate of 0.21 MTPA.

• Marki Mangli - III Coal Block covered is covered in Survey of India Toposheet No. 56 I

/13. The land required for the project is spread in four villages namely, Ardhwan, Ruikot, Bhendala and Mukutban, Tehsil Zhari Jamni, District Yavatmal, Maharashtra State.

• Environmental clearance had been granted for this Marki- Mangli - III Coal Mine as a

combined project along with Marki- Mangli - II & IV coal mining project vide MoEF & CC Letter No. J11015/425/2007-IA. II(M) dated 27th January 2011 to M/s Shree Veerangana Steel Private Limited, the earlier project proponent. As per this letter the Marki Mangli - III opencast coal mining project has mining lease area of 275 Ha, and land required for mining and allied activities was proposed to be 256 Ha with a coal production capacity of 0.21 MTPA.

• M/s BSIL applied for approval of the project as per the provisions stipulated in Vesting

order for the transfer of prior approvals of the prior allottee to the successful bidder. As regards to the environmental clearance, M/s BSIL applied for transfer of environmental clearance to MoEF & CC. In reply to the application of M/s BSIL, the MoEF & CC vide letter no. MoEF & CC on 24.04.2015 No. J11015/425/2007-IA.II(M) dated 12th August 2015, informed the company that, the transfer of Environmental Clearance (EC) was not admissible and the company was directed to apply for EC afresh.

• Accordingly, the company submitted revised Form I along with Pre-feasibility Report with

mandatory information on the Marki Mangli - III coal mine only for obtaining fresh TOR from the MoEF & CC with a request to exempt public hearing. The company’s proposal for grant of TOR was considered by the EAC (Thermal & Coal) during its 49th meeting held on 7 -8th January 2016 and TOR was granted on 1st February, 2016 with exemption from Public Hearing.

• In compliance with the directive of the MoEF & CC, baseline environmental quality data for various components of environment, viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land and Socio-economic aspects was collected during March 2016 to May 2016 in the study area covering 10 km around the Marki-Mangli Coal Block-III. An EIA / EMP has been prepared as per prescribed TOR and guidelines given in EIA Notification 2006. This EIA/EMP along with necessary documents was submitted to MoEF & CC on 23/06/2016.

• Subsequently, the proposal was appraised in the 61st meeting of Expert Appraisal

Committee held during 28-29 July, 2016 for grant of EC. The EAC referred back the proposal, after deliberations to the Ministry for consideration. The ministry after consideration of the proposal directed M/s BSIL vide letter No J-11015/425/2007-IA – 11 (m) dated 19.09.2016 that: ➔ Separate approval for Mine Plan and Mine Closure Plan for the Marki Mangli – III

OCP to be obtained and submitted. ➔ The Mine Closure Plan will be part of EMP ➔ Public Hearing will be conducted on above draft EIA/EMP



17

• In order to comply the directives, the Mining Plan and Mine Closure Plan was approved from Ministry of Mines vide letter no gradient.

• Public Hearing as per the letter above was conducted at project site on 03.11.2018.

Proceedings of Public Hearings are enclosed in this report.

• The baseline environmental data monitored during March – May 2016 has been used. Additionally, environmental data was also collected from selected locations within the core and buffer zone in March-April 2018.

• The present report is prepared after conduction of Public Hearing as per the provisions and procedure defined in EIA Notification 2006.

• The total land required for the mining under the proposal is 275 Ha for mining and

additional 7 Ha for nala and road diversion. Out of the total 282 Ha land requirement 262.50 Ha land is private land and 19.50 Ha is Government Land. The private land will be acquired through direct negotiations with the land owners. There are 144 Land owners spread in four villages covering 262.50 Ha land. The 19.50 Ha Government land will be acquired as per the procedure in vogue.

2.0 PROJECT DETAILS

• The M.L. area over 275 hectares is covered within the Survey of India toposheet No. 56

I/13 on a scale of 1:50,000 and is bounded by the Latitude 19° 48’ 17.14" N and Longitude 78° 50' 13.21" E.

• The lease area is undulating with general ground level of 212 m to 226 m MSL. The coal seams are having a south westerly dip.

• The geological reserves of the coal block are estimated to be 6.19 MT. The earlier project proponent had extracted 0.77 MT and the balance extractable reserves after considering coal block in barrier, safety zone, populated the balance mineable reserves are 3.65 MT. With the proposed rated capacity of 0.21 MTPA, life of the mine is estimated to be 18 years.

• The coal of the lease area has been classified under grades D to F.

• Considering the scale of operation, geological setting and the nature of deposit, it is

proposed to adopt Opencast method of mining using Shovel –Dumper combination involving ripping / dozing, drilling- blasting, manual sorting, sizing and stacking as well as mechanized loading and transportation.

• The production capacity of Marki – Mangli III coal mine (275 hectares ML area) will be 0.21 MTPA. The mining operations will be carried out by fully Opencast Mechanized method.

• The mine will provide direct employment to 288 workers besides creating many indirect employment opportunities. The local persons will be given preference in employment for mine as per their eligibility. Necessary skill development training will be given to the unemployed youths of the nearby villages. The indirect employment opportunities will automatically be created with the click of the coal mine in this region.

• The mine waste in the form of overburden will be initially stacked in the non-mineralized

area of the lease. However from the fifth year of operations simultaneous backfilling will be under taken. Out of a total of 25.19 Mm3 of of OB generated , the quantity of 22.01Mm3 shall be backfilled in internal dumps and a quantity of 2.61 Mm3 and 0.57 Mm3 respectively shall be in the external OB Dump and top soil dump. Biological reclamation of these external dumps has also been proposed.



18

• The water requirement of the project is estimated to be 78 m3/day. Out of this 65 m3/day of the water is required dust suppression and plantation and the balance 13 m3/day for drinking/domestic purpose. Water requirement for dust suppression & plantation will be met from mine water and from rainwater collected in mining pit. The requirement of drinking/domestic purpose shall be met from tube well. Necessary permissions is being obtained from the competent authorities.

• The power requirement will be met from State electricity board.

• The mining will be carried out as per the approved mining plan. During Plan period, the mining operation will be done by development of mechanized opencast method. The plantation program will be taken up in the areas in a systematic manner. Plantation will be carried out starting with soil binding grasses and shrubs followed by larger trees species. Local varieties of plants shall be given predominance.

• Nala & Road Diversion: Upasa Nala, which is a seasonal nala flows across the North West corner of the block and is proposed to be diverted after 15th year of Quarry operation. This diversion is proposed from the northern side along the lease boundary and ultimately rejoining on the western side and shall be done in consultation and approval of the State Flood and Irrigation Department. The necessary application in this regard is being submitted. The block is also traversed by all-weather pucca road connecting Mukutban- Ardwan, over the quarriable area of Central Quarry; while Adwan-Bhendala road passes in close proximity of the Central and West quarry. The Mukutban- Ardwan is proposed to be diverted away from the quarriable area and over non-coal bearing area of the block and similarly the Adwan-Bhendala road shall also be diverted along the North-West boundary of the mine lease area. Precautions will be taken, as per provisions made in the Coal Mines Regulation, and by adopting controlled blasting to prevent any untoward incident resulting in any physical injury to persons and vehicle, moving on the said roads. The necessary application in this regard is being submitted. Proposed diversion of road and Nala diversion is shown on Plate 1.

3.0 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

• The baseline environmental quality data for various components of environment, viz. Air,

Noise, Water, Land and Socio-economic were generated during March – May 2016 in the study area covering 10 km around the Marki-Mangli III Coal Mine. Other environmental data on flora and fauna, land-use pattern, forest etc were also generated through field surveys and also collected from different State Govt. Departments.

• Air quality monitoring was carried out from 9 stations, consisting 1 sampling station from Core Zone (mining Lease) and 8 sampling station from Buffer Zone (10 Km around core zone). Parameters of twelve air pollutants viz. PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX), Ozone (O3), Carbon Monoxide (CO), and Heavy Metals were monitored. Hence these were included for representing baseline status of ambient air quality within the study area.

• Results & Discussion: On the basis of observations the parameter wise result of monitored parameters are discussed below compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

o PM10 Particulate Matter: The maximum PM10 concentration covering all the air quality monitoring stations i.e. A-1 to A-9 were observed in the range of 42.2 - 54.7 µg/m3. Almost all the stations have PM10 concentrations less than half of 24 hours average prescribed under revised regulatory limit, i.e. 100 µg/m3 of MoEF & CC for industrial, residential, rural and other area. These values represent quite satisfactory condition regarding PM10 concentration in ambient air.

o PM2.5 Particulate Matter: The maximum PM2.5 concentration covering all the air quality monitoring stations A-1 to A-9 were observed in the range of 19.5 - 29.7µg/m3 as against the revised NAAQ Standards of MoEF & CC prescribed limit of 60 µg/m3



19

for industrial, residential, rural and other areas. These values represent quite satisfactory condition regarding PM2.5 concentration in ambient air.

o Sulphur Dioxide (SO2):The maximum SO2 concentrations covering all sampling stations A-1 to A-9 were in the range of 12.4 -19.4 µg/m3. All monitored stations have SO2 concentrations well within the stipulated (annual 24 hours) limit of 80 µg/m3 as prescribed for industrial, residential, rural and other areas under revised NAAQ Standards of MoEF &CC.

o Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX):The maximum NOx concentrations covering all sampling stations A-1 to A-9 were observed in the range of 16.7 - 25.9 µg/m3. All monitored stations have NOX concentrations well within the stipulated (annual 24 hours) limit of 80 µg/m3 as prescribed for industrial, residential, rural and other areas under revised NAAQ Standards of MoEF & CC.

o Carbon Monoxide (CO) :Samples of air were collected and analyzed for CO content.The concentration of Carbon mono oxide was found below detectable limit at all sampling stations.

o Overall Ambient Air Quality of Marki-Mangli III project area and its buffer zone are good during monitoring period and there are no any abnormal values recorded. Concentrations of all monitored parameters are within stipulated standards from MoEF & CC AAQ Standards.

o The noise Levels in the Marki-Mangli Coal Block III lease buffer zone were observed in the range of 38.8 - 53.8 dB (A) covering all the 9 monitoring stations which are below the prescribed regulatory limits.

o Water quality monitoring was carried out from 5 ground water and 6 surface water monitoring stations located in the study area. Fluoride concentration in ground water samples is found to be exceeding the prescribe limits at some ground water sampling stations. Otherwise the quality of water samples are showing that the water sources of the area are not polluted except the surface water samples getting contamination from surface run-off. The Coliforms values are exception otherwise all the water samples are indicating its characteristics within limit as given in relevant Indian Standards.

o The drainage pattern of the area was studied in detailed manner particularly for the area covered around 2.5 Km radius and details are provided in the report. Similarly, a systematic hydrogeological survey has been carried out in and around mine area. The water level measurement in the existing dug wells was done to study the diurnal variation of the unconfined aquifer and their impact, due to nearby coal mine.

o Soil samples were collected at selected locations in the study area to assess the existing soil conditions around the Marki- Mangli III lease area. Characteristic of forest land soil has sufficient nutrients. Whereas, two agricultural land soils are moderately suitable for cultivation of climatic crops and have good fertility.

o Primary Socio economic survey on selected villages has been carried out and the details are provided in EIA/EMP. As per census 2011 demographic characteristics of the study area are represented by a number of criteria, namely population composition, sex ratio, family structure, and age distribution pattern. Attempt has been made to compare the demographic features between the census data whenever corresponding data are available. The area selected for the study constitutes 64 inhabited villages.

o The floral and faunal assemblage in the study area is also provided in the report. National Park, Wildlife sanctuary, defense installation or sensitive area are not

located within 15 km radius of the mine.

o In addition, with a view to update and revalidate the baseline environmental quality data collected in 2016, a short term environmental monitoring was also carried out in March – April 2018 and primary data in respect of air, water, soil and noise was collected. In general, there was no significant difference observed in these two sets of data. A detailed account of the data along with associated environmental impacts and mitigation measures is given in Chapter 3 and Chapter 4 respectively.



20

4.0 ANTICIPATED IMPACT

• To predict the expected impacts of various activities on the different environmental parameters, a detailed survey of the factors are performed and identification of probable impacts are done by different techniques.

• In order to estimate the ground level concentrations due to the emission from the proposed increase in production, EPA approved Industrial Source Complex AERMOD View Model has been employed.

• Predicted 24 hourly Ground Level Incremental Concentrations of PM10 & PM2.5 are

insignificant.

• The mining operations may cause surface water pollution due to wash off from dumps and Soil erosion . Proper control measures which are essential to prevent the flow of suspended matter from the mine and dump.

• The impact on land due to proposed opencast method of mining is inevitable. As per the approved mining plan 128 Ha of the land will be used during excavation. The concurrent backfilling will reclaim 69 Ha of the land and in balance 59 Ha a water reservoir will be created for storage of rain water thereby useful in augmentation of ground water recharge of the area. At the end of mining operations 13 Ha of the external OB dump will be there besides 15.5 Ha of infrastructure.

• The impact of mining operations on the ground water table has been estimated. The

radius of influence is estimated to be 1070 m which in turn will be reduced to average 1020 m he average mine inflow will be 2600 M3/day for three sector of mining.

• At the closure stage about 204 Ha land will be brought under plantation. More than 4 lakhs trees of local species will be planted.

• The quantity used for blasting is unlikely to create any strong vibration. Impact due to vibration on the surface structures is not anticipated. In order to check the ground vibration and to keep them within set limit, delay blasting is being undertaken. Delay detonators with 5 to 10 millisecond delay interval are used.

• The available road network is adequate to handle the additional transport road. Even

considering 100% transport by road which works out to be 700 tonnes per day due to proposed production, there will an additional of 70 dumpers of 20 tonnes capacity (considering to and fro movement).

• The impact on socio economic of surrounding area will be positive, as mine will directly employ about 288 additional workers. Preference will be given to the local resident of the area for employment. One person from each family of land looser will be given employment in the project. There will be employment generation of double this number in secondary and tertiary sectors. There is no displacement of any habitation or personnel.

• There will be negligible impacts on bio diversity of the area beyond what is already

present due to traffic on the State Highway. On the other hand there will be positive impact due to the plantation activities, which are proposed by management on areas surrounding surface infrastructure for the proposed OC mine.

5.0 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT

As mentioned above, the said three blocks were subsequently deallocated and on subsequent reallocation of one of the three blocks to M/s BSIL, viz. for Marki Mangli Block III, it has been found that only about 144 PAF’s exist in the mining lease area of 275 ha allotted for this block. Considering this, M/s BSIL has decided to aquire the land of these PAF’s as per the provisions of the National R & R Policy/ Maharashtra State R & R Policy (whichever is more beneficial to the project affected people) for which necessary budgetary provision has been made. The purchase of agriculture land will be made by



21

paying appropriate mutually and voluntarily compensation agreed between agriculturist land owner and applicant. Permission to purchase agriculture land has been granted by Directorate of Industries, Government of Maharashtra. Besides purchasing the land by paying the monetary compensation to the land owner it is also proposed to provide following benefits to the land owner and his/her family.

i. Employment in the Mining or allied activity for one member of the family depending on his/her eligibility.

ii. Skill development training to enhance the employability and self-employment for the landless affected families

iii. Services and Support of Social Organisations will be sought for assessment of felt needs of PAF’s.

iv. Preference to procurement of support material or services v. Involvement in plantation and allied activities vi. Support for Non farm activities for desiring persons vii. Medical check ups and appropriate support for medical facilities viii. Medical Insurance cover for initial 5 years period to the land looser families

6.0 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY PLAN (CSR) AND CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER)

A Corporate Social Responsibility Plan (CSR) plan is prepared for this project as per the details provided in Annexure 7.4. The capital & recurring budget earmarked for the various CSR activities are estimated to be Rs 90.87 Lakhs & Rs 13.64 Lakhs respectively.

Besides various CSR activities M/s BSIL also propose to undertake CER activities as per the directives provided in Office Memorandum of MoEF &CC dated 01.05.2018. Separate budget for CER @ 2% of the capital investment (for the balance amount covered in CSR activities provided at Annexure 7.4) will be earmarked and details of activities to be undertaken (like infrastructure creation, creation of drinking water supply, sanitation, health, education, skill development, roads, cross drains, electrification including solar power, solid waste management facilities, scientific support and awareness to local farmers to increase yield of crops and fodder, rain water harvesting, soil moisture conservation works, avenue plantation, plantation in community areas etc) will be assessed through Yavatmal District Administration and shall be undertaken accordingly.

7.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES

• Mitigation measures at the source level and an overall management plan at the study area level are elicited so as to improve the supportive capacity of the study area and also to preserve the assimilative capacity of the receiving bodies. The report provides detailed action plan for each pollutant viz, air, water, noise, socio economic, landuse and plantation activities.

• Since the mining operations are to be carried out at Marki-Mangli III Coal mine for a period of 18 years , various mitigative measures to be adopted are briefly described below under various head.

7.1 Air Pollution Management :

a) Haulage roads will be frequently sprinkled with water for which truck mounted

water tankers with atomized mist spray sprinkler arrangement have been provided.

b) Ore are covered by tarpaulins to prevent spread of dust from it during transportation.

c) Regular maintenance of vehicles and machineries is carried out in order to control emissions.

d) Green belt development has been taken up at various places.



22

e) The dust respirators are provided to all the workers. f) Good housekeeping and proper maintenance is practiced which will help in

controlling the pollution. g) Maintenance of the road from mine to state highway will be made.

7.2 Water Pollution Management:

The mining project will require continuous supply of water for various purposes during mining, plantation etc. apart from drinking water supply. The main source of water pollution in opencast mining is the surface run-off due to rainfall. There may be accumulation of rain water during monsoon season; the accumulated water may contains fine silt. This will be treated in settling tanks of adequate dimensions. The treated water (overflow) will be used for plantation and dust suppression.

The mine water pumped from opencast pit will be collected in a tank at surface and part of it is utilized for water spraying in the mine, plantation and the excess balance will be discharged to natural water course after treatment. The mine water will be passed through sedimentation pond/tank for further filtration of suspended solid particles. The sewage water generated from toilets will be treated in soak pits/ STP

1. Mine water discharge

Settling tank Reused for dust suppression/plantation/natural water course.

2. Domestic use Septic tank Soak pit/STP

In order to restrict the surface runoff from mines to control the soil erosion and wash off from dumps following measures are adopted;

i) Garland drains is provided around the mine wherever required to arrest any soil from the mine area being carried away by the rain water;

ii) Gully formations, if any, on sides of the benches will be provided with check dams of local stone or sand filled bags. The inactive slopes will be planted with bushes, grass, shrubs and trees after applying top soil to prevent soil erosion;

iii) Loose material slopes will be covered by plantation by making contour trenches at 2 m interval to check soil erosion both due to wind and rain;

iv) Retaining walls (concrete or local stone) will be provided, around the dump or wherever required, to support the benches or any loose material as well as to arrest sliding of loose debris.

v) Water Security Plan for selected villages will be prepared and implemented.

7.3 Noise & Vibration Management

• Noise is best abated at source by choosing machinery and equipment suitably, by proper mounting of equipment & ventilation systems and by providing noise insulating enclosures or padding where practicable.

• Proper maintenance of vehicles is being done which keeps the noise level within limits.

• At the boundary of mining lease green belt of local trees are planted which acts as

acoustic barriers. Planting of bushy trees of rich canopy in and around the mine area to intercept noise transmission. A green belt of trees of different heights are useful to act as noise attenuator in the mining areas.

• Mechanical ripping is being used, where possible, to avoid or minimize the use of explosives.

• Use of specific blasting plans, correct charging procedures and blasting ratios, delayed / micro delayed or electronic detonators, and specific in-situ blasting tests (the use of downhole initiation with short-delay detonators improves fragmentation and reduces ground vibrations).

• Implementation of ground vibration and overpressure control with appropriate drilling

grids.



23

• Ground vibrations caused by blasting are being monitored in order to know their degree and to build safe guards.

7.4 Solid Waste Management: The solid waste generated during mining operations is not hazardous in nature. During these mining operations simultaneous back filling of the OB will be done. After leveling the dumps, plantation will be carried out for stabilization of all the OB dumps in the mining lease area. Construction of parapet walls/bund is proposed at toe of dumps to avoid siltation towards sloping side of the ML area due to dumps. No toxic and hazardous element is present in the OB as well as in the ore body. Hence no toxic contamination is expected and protective measure is required. The non-active sides of the dump will be vegetated and stabilized by fast growing grasses.

7.5 Top Soil Preservation : Top soil will be not be excavated during the proposed increase. The top soil will be temporarily stacked at earmarked dump site with adequate measures. It will be used for growing plants along the fringes of the site roads and reclamation of external dump and backfilled area. The top soil stockpiles will be low height not exceeding 2m and will be grassed to retain fertility. To prevent soil erosion and wash-off of dump-fines from freshly excavated benches and dumps following measures will be adopted.

7.6 Plantation:

Conducting the new plantations is of paramount necessity of the area. In addition to augmenting present vegetation, it will also check soil erosion, make the ecosystem more diverse and functionally more stable, make the climate more conducive and improve water balance. It can also be employed to bring areas with special problems under vegetal cover and prevent further deterioration of land. It is proposed to plant 2000 trees per/ha covering a total of 204 ha at conceptual stage. The type of species will be selected from the local tree, herbs, shrubs &grasses species of local abundance will be selected however, expert guidance of Forest Department shall be sought.

7.7 Monitoring and Implementation:

The monitoring of various environmental parameters is necessary which is a part and parcel of the environment protection measures. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the efficacy of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. A comprehensive monitoring programme is suggested in the report.

• BSIL proposes a full-fledged environmental cell to supervise and implement the environmental related issues. The Environmental Monitoring Cell will be having manpower on regular basis.

• The mitigation measures suggested above shall be implemented so as to reduce the impact on environment due to operations of proposed mining activities. In order to facilitate easy implementation, mitigation measures are phased as per the priority implementation. A separate budgetary allocation of the funds is made for the environmental protection measures. The monitoring of the pollution to know the effectiveness of the applied control measures will be carried out at regular interval.

• Estimated project cost is Rs. 147.10 Crores. The capital budget for

environmental protection measure is estimated to be Rs 8.46 Crores. The production shall be started only after obtaining all statutory permissions and shall be carried out as per approved mining scheme.

• As per the provisions under Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER), 2% of the capital cost of the project will be earmarked for various social developmental activities for the nearby villages.

8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS



24

• Local population may be involved extensively in such development either by way of sub-contracting or by way of employment.

• The socio-economic conditions in the study area indicate the quality of life of the

people. The important indicators which decide the quality of life and require to be improved for better living conditions are literacy levels, improved occupational structure, industrial development, infrastructural facilities, transportation, communication linkages, land development and improvement in cropping pattern.

• Support in Various health facilities will be provided such as organisation of health camp, provision of ambulance, support to Mukutban PHC in providing equipment’s and support. Adequate funds will be allocated for the maintenance of them. These include regular medical camps and aid to the existing medical facilities of the nearby villages.

• Support in Education category include adult education facilities, sponsorship to vocational / professional training institution, computer education camps, vacation training for students and aid to existing/proposed schools and colleges.

• Civic Amenities include support to community toilets, drinking water facilities like

public stand posts, borewell/ handpump for drinking water, playgrounds for children and recreation facilities for all age groups. In addition to this participation and support to government efforts in extending communication of the region. Incidentally, all parameters mentioned above are directly or indirectly controlled by various State and Central Government Departments.

• Employment is proposed to be given to the local population wherever possible in the proposed project activities. The work of reclamation of the entire area that will be damaged in mining operations and afforestation through plantation with survival rate of 80% to 85% has been envisaged. In this, local people would be involved actively including employment and award of contracts for supply of materials and services.



25

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

1.1.1 This report has been prepared for the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) & Environment Management Plan (EMP)of the proposed opencast mining project of Marki-Mangli Coal Block - III in accordance with the Notification of MoEF S.O. 1533 dated 14.09.2006, under sub-rule (3) of Rule 5 of the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 which imposes certain restrictions and prohibitions on new projects or activities, or expansion or modernization of existing projects or activities based on their potential environmental impacts as indicated in the Schedule to the notification, being undertaken in any part of India, unless prior environmental clearance has been accorded. In compliance with the directives of MoEF & CC letter dated 19.09.2016 this draft EIA / EMP is prepared for conduction of public hearing as a part environmental clearance process.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROFILE OF PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 The Company: M/s B S Ispat Ltd, a Private Limited company was established in the

year 1999. The main business objectives of the company are: Coal Mining, Power Generation and Steel Manufacturing. It has installed a 2 x100 TPD Sponge Iron Plant and 11 MW Power Plant situated at Warora, Tehsil Warora, District Chandrapur, Maharashtra. The correspondence address of the company is as under: Mr. B. P. Mishra Director, M/s B S Ispat Ltd. Kh, No 97, 101 & 190 Village Salori Yensa, Post Chinora, Tehsil Warora, District Chandrapur – 442914 Mobile : 09689556666 [email protected]

1.2.2 The company through online bidding process has applied for captive source of coal to the Ministry of Coal, GoI for meeting the demands of its Power Generation and Steel Manufacturing Plants. Being successful bidder for this project the Ministry of Coal vide Vesting order No 104/6/2015/NA dated 17th April 2015 has transferred Marki- Mangli - III coal block of 275 ha area to the company for coal production @ 0.21 MTPA. Accordingly, Marki – Mangli - III coal mine was allocated to the company. The Ministry of Coal vide Vesting order No 104/6/2015/NA dated 17th April 2015 has transferred Marki- Mangli - III coal block to M/s B S Ispat Ltd (Annexure 1.1). Mining of coal from this coal block is proposed by fully mechanized opencast method with a normative production rate of 0.21 MTPA.

1.2.3 Marki Mangli - III Coal Block covered is covered in Survey of India Toposheet No. 56 I /13. The land required for the project is spread in four villages namely, Ardhwan, Ruikot, Bhendala and Mukutban, Tehsil Zhari Jamni, District Yavatmal, Maharashtra State. Environmental clearance had been granted for this Marki- Mangli - III Coal Mine as a combined project along with Marki- Mangli - II & IV coal mining project vide MoEF Letter No. J11015/425/2007-IA. II(M) dated 27th January 2011 to M/s Shree Veerangana Steel Private Limited, the earlier project proponent (Annexure 1.2). As per this letter the Marki Mangli - III opencast coal mining project has mining lease area of 275 Ha, and land required for mining and allied activities was proposed to be 256 Ha with a coal production capacity of 0.21 MTPA.

1.2.4 M/s BSIL applied for approval of the project as per the provisions stipulated in Vesting order for the transfer of prior approvals of the prior allottee to the successful bidder. As regards to the environmental clearance, M/s BSIL applied for transfer of environmental

mailto:[email protected]



26

clearance to MoEF & CC. In reply to the application of M/s BSIL, the MoEF & CC vide letter no. MoEF & CC on 24.04.2015 No. J11015/425/2007-IA .II(M) dated 12th August 2015, informed the company that, the transfer of Environmental Clearance (EC) was not admissible and the company was directed to apply for EC afresh.

1.2.5 Accordingly, the company submitted revised Form I along with Pre-feasibility Report with mandatory information on the Marki Mangli - III coal mine only for obtaining fresh TOR from the MoEF & CC with a request to exempt public hearing. The company’s proposal for grant of TOR was considered by the EAC (Thermal & Coal) during its 49 th meeting held on 7 -8th January 2016 and TOR was granted on 1st February, 2016 (Annexure 1.3) with exemption from Public Hearing. In compliance with the directive of the MoEF & CC, baseline environmental quality data for various components of environment, viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land and Socio-economic aspects was collected during March 2016 to May 2016 in the study area covering 10 km around the Marki-Mangli Coal Block-III. An EIA / EMP has been prepared as per prescribed TOR and guidelines given in EIA Notification 2006. This EIA/EMP along with necessary documents was submitted to MoEF & CC on 23/06/2016. Subsequently, the proposal was appraised in the 61st meeting of Expert Appraisal Committee held during 28-29 July, 2016 for grant of EC. The EAC referred back the proposal, after deliberations to the Ministry for consideration. The ministry after consideration of the proposal directed M/s BSIL vide letter No J-11015/425/2007-IA – 11 (m) dated 19.09.2016 (Annexure 1.4) that:

• Separate approval for Mine Plan and

• Mine Closure Plan for the Marki Mangli – III OCP to be obtained and submitted.

• The Mine Closure Plan will be part of EMP

• Public Hearing will be conducted on above draft EIA/EMP

1.2.6 In order to comply the directives, the Mining Plan and Mine Closure Plan was approved

from ministry of mines vide letter no CPAM – 34011/38/2017 – CPAM dated 10.04.2018 (Annexure 1.5). The present report is prepared for conduction of Public Hearing as per the provisions and procedure defined in EIA Notification 2006. For this purpose one season (summer) baseline environmental data collected during March – May 2016 has been used. Additionally, environmental data was also collected from selected locations within the core and buffer zone in March-April 2018.

1.2.7 The total land required for the mining under the proposal is 275 Ha for mining and additional 7 Ha for nala and road diversion. Out of the total 282 Ha land requirement 262.50 Ha land is private land and 19.50 Ha is government land. The private land laid down of 262.50 ha spread in four villages, is owned 140 persons which will be acquired through negotiations with the land owners. The 19.50 Ha government land will be acquired as per the procedure by government.

1.3 GENESIS AND OBJECTIVE OF PROJECT 1.3.1 In order to obtain environmental clearance for this proposed coal mining project the

present EIA/EMP has been prepared in accordance with EIA Notification 2006 The report provides a complete information of the study area in a standard format of EIA / EMP as prescribed by the MoEF& CC, Govt. of India. The study provides status of present environment in core zone (Mining Lease) as well as buffer zone (10 km radius around core zone) of the proposed Marki Mangli-III Opencast Mine (Project area 282 Ha, Mining lease area: 275 Ha) with a proposed annual coal production of 0.21 MTPA. Figure 1.1 shows the key plan of the core zone and buffer zone.

1.3.2 The coal mined from this lease shall be used as raw material for 2x100 TPD Integrated

Steel Plant & 11 MW Captive Power Plants and also for sale in commercial market. The company proposes to install coal washery of rated capacity of 0.9 MTPA in future outside the mining lease at suitable location with a view to improvise the quality of extracted coal.after the mining operations are started



27

1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE REGION AND COUNTRY

1.4.1 Nature & Size of the Project: The applied mining

lease area of 275.00 Ha is falling in four revenue villages viz., Ardhwan, Bhendala, Ruikot & Mukutban, Taluka Jhari Jamni, District Yavatmal of Maharashtra. The total geological reserves of coal are estimated to be 6.19 million tonnes. It is proposed Figure 1.1 to produce 0.21 million tonnes / annum of coal from this mine. The mining operations will be carried out by conventional benching method of opencast with shovel-dumper combination.

1.4.2 Location of the Project: Figure 1.2 gives the location of proposed coal deposit along

with roads and major towns of area. The ML area of 275 Ha is in the Survey of India toposheet No. 56 I/13 on a scale of 1:50,000 and is bounded by the Latitude 19° 48’ 17.14" N and Longitude 78° 50' 13.21" E. The Maharashtra- Telangana lies at the distance of 4.5 km in south direction.

1.4.3 Accessibility: The coal block is located 35 km from Wani. The area can be approached

either by Wani-Kayar road. Kayar and Ganeshpur are located at a distance of 12 km and 5 km respectively from Marki Mangli - III coal block.

1.4.4 Infrasructure: Electricity is supplied to the villages in the surrounding of project area by

Maharashtra State Electricity Board (MSEB). The drinking water need of the local population in villages is met by bore wells / dug wells. Nallah and river water is also used for domestic need by the villagers.

1.4.5 Importance of the project: The Yavatmal region, where the project is located is

mostly dependent on agriculture, forest and mineral resources where coal & limestone have a major share. The development of mining in the area will expected to make significant contribution directly and indirectly to the overall socio-economic development in term of employment generation, infrastructure, health medical facilities, water supply & sanitation etc. M/s BSIL will also by undertake various social development activit ies under Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) in the nearby villages. The salient features of the project are presented in Table 1.1. The royalty revenue receipts government will also provides to public welfare scheme of the government.

Table 1.1 Salient Features of the Project

Sr.No. Particular Details

A. Nature of project Coal Mining by Opencast Method

B. Size of project

(i) Mining Lease area 275 Ha

(ii) Type of the land within ML area Private Land : 255.50 Ha Government non Forest Land :19.50 Ha

(iii) Proposed coal production 210000 tonnes / annum

(iv) Coal washery During the first phase coal extraction will be undertaken while in second phase coal washery @ 0.9 MTPA will be installed outside the mining lease.

C. Project Location

(i) Villages Ardhwan, Bhendala, Ruikot, Mukutban

(ii) Tehsil Jhari Jamani

Figure 1



28

Sr.No. Particular Details

(iii) District Yavatmal

(iv) State Maharashtra

(v) Toposheet No. 56 I/13

(vi) Elevation 212 to 226 m above MSL

D. Environmental Setting Details (with approx. aerial distance & direction from the mining lease boundary)

(i) Nearest Town & district headquarter

Wani 35 km.

(ii) Nearest highway 2 km West, SH 234

(iii) Nearest railway Railway track passes about 1.5 m to the S corner of the block

(iv) Nearest major airport Nagpur 170 km

(v) Nearest tourist places Tadoba Andhari Tiger Reserve (100 km)

(vii) Defence installations Bhadravati OFC (70 km)

(viii) Archaeologically listed important place

None within 15 Km

(ix) National Parks, Wild Life Sanctuaries, Elephant Corridor, Biosphere Reserves etc. (Existing as well as proposed)

None within 15 km. radius

(x) Reserved / Protected Forests within 10km radius

Name Distance

Paunar RF 6.5 Km (NW)

Ruikot RF 0.8 Km (N)

Sekapur RF 1.6 Km (W)

Ardwan RF 1.6 Km (W)

Unnamed RF 0.6 Km (West)

Nearest Water Body • Penganga River (4.5 km in South)

• Upasha Nallah (passing from NW corner

of the lease)

• Other two seasonal nallahs passing from central and SE part of the lease respectively.

(xi) Seismic Zone Zone – II [as per IS 1893 (Part-I): 2002]

(xii) Coal user locations The extracted coal will be captive source for 2x100 TPD Sponge Iron Plant and 11 MW Power Plant at a road distance of 70 km.

(xiii) Socio-economic factors • No Rehabilitation and Resettlement envisaged

• Proposed direct employment to 288

persons besides creating indirect employment opportunities.

• Land acquisition through negotiation with 144 Land looser.

• Provision of one person employment for each family of land loosers.

(xiv) Villages in immediate periphery Ardhwan 0.5 Km ( NW)

Mukutban 1.5 Km ( NE)

Bhendala 0.5 Km ( NW)

Ruikot 0.5 Km ( NE)

Mangli 3.0 Km ( SW)

Pimprad 2.5 Km ( SE)

(xv) Other Industries / Mines Marki-Mangli I,II and V Coal mines

Within 2 km radius

Number of limestone and dolomite mines

Within 10 km radius

Number of stone quarries with crushers

Within 10 km radius



29

1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

1.5.1 Opencast mining will be carried out in three shifts to mine 0.210 Million tonnes/annum of coal from the available coal deposit. The mining will be confined to a depth of 60 m from the surface. The ground water table in this area will be intercepted during the course of mining. is being sought from Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA). Ground water extracted during mining will be gainfully utilized and shall be recycled back to the underground system. The scope of the

• To conduct a literature review and to collect data relevant to the study area.

• To establish baseline environmental status of the study area by field monitoring

to determine seasonal variations and existing conditions of various environmental attributes viz. air, water, noise, soil, landuse, flora / fauna, and socio-economic status of the surrounding area.

• To identify various existing pollution sources and loads due to various activities in the surrounding environment.

• To predict incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the proposed mining activity;

• To evaluate the predicted impacts on various environmental attributes in the

study area through accepted EIA Methodologies;

• To prepare an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the environmental quality and environmentally sustainable development

The study covers an area of 10 km radius from the proposed mine lease as the center and broadly includes

1.5.3 Contents of the Report: The report has been divided into the following chapters:

Chapter 1 - Introduction Chapter 2 - Project Description Chapter 3 - Description of the Environment Chapter 4 - Impact Analysis & Mitigation Measures Chapter 5 - Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) Chapter 6 - Environment Monitoring Programme Chapter 7 - Additional Studies Chapter 8 - Project Benefits Chapter 9 - Environmental Cost Chapter 10 - Environmental Management Plan Chapter 11 - Summary & Conclusion Chapter 12 - Disclosure of Consultant



30

CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

Coal is one of the major mineral deposits occurring in the Indian sub-continent. It has played a great role in industrial development. There is a significant demand- supply gap in coal which is a key raw material for production of power. It is therefore necessary to increase the production of coal for power generation to make the country self-sufficient in power sector to maintain pace of sustainable industrial development. The government is also providing various subsidies to industrial sector to help Indian industry to grow. The occurrence and production of coal in the proposed project area will be supplied for steel production and power generation which in turn would result in increasing employment potential, improvement in infrastructure, communication network, and socioeconomic development of the project region.

2.2 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

2.2.1 Locational Details: The Marki - Mangli III Coal Block is located in Yavatmal District,

Maharashtra and is covered in parts of Survey of India Toposheet No. 56 I /13 (Figure 2.1). The area can be approached by Wani - Kayar road. Kayar and Ganeshpur are located at a distance of 12 km and 5 km respectively from this coal block. The block is located about 35 km from Wani. Major portion of land is agricultural land and Government wasteland. The proposed mining lease boundary depicted on khasra wise map is provided at Figure 2.2.

This block is third in series of four coal blocks explored and identified in Marki-Mukutban region of Wardha valley Coalfield-close to Penganga river which is the geographical bounadary of the state of Maharashtra and Andhra Pradesh. This area is covered in survey of India toposheet No. 56 1/ 13 and is located about 2 Kms west of Mukutban village which is at a distance of 35 km south of wani town in Yavatmal district of Maharashtra.

Latitude and longitude of the bounding coordinates as received from CMPDIL vide letter no. CMPDI/DG/Captive/108(B)/580/E-61486, dated — 29.6.2017 and Corrigendum No. 2 of MoC vide File No 104/06/2015NA, dated - 17.02.2017 are given as under (Table 2.1): Revised Mining Lease Boundary certified by CMPDI is enclosed as Figure 2.0.



31

Table 2.1 Coordinates of boundary pillars

Points Longitude Latitude

0 78° 46' 54.476" E 19° 49' 49.807" N

1 78° 47' 11.315" E 19° 49' 44.984" N

2 78° 47' 22.962" E 19° 49' 40.870" N

3 78° 47' 30.383" E 19° 49' 36.703" N

4 78° 47' 33.820" E 19° 49' 34.681" N

5 78° 47' 41.507" E 19° 49' 31.034" N

6 78° 47' 51.388" E 19° 49' 26.382" N

7 78° 47' 56.181" E 19° 49' 24.892" N

8 78° 48' 8.517" E 19° 49' 20.270" N

9 78° 48' 17.396" E 19° 49' 19.089" N

10 78° 48' 30.618" E 19° 49' 17.445" N

11 78° 48' 40.622" E 19° 49' 13.825" N

12 78° 48' 53.378" E 19° 49' 8.304" N

13 78° 49' 4.372" E 19° 49' 1.986" N

14 78° 49' 13.458" E 19° 48' 55.645" N

15 78° 49' 23.917" E 19° 48' 48.546" N

16 78° 49' 36.107" E 19° 48' 44.565" N

17 78° 49' 44.061" E 19° 48' 38.932" N

18 78° 49' 49.850" E 19° 48' 35.853" N

19 78° 50' 0.501" E 19° 48' 31.116" N

20 78° 50' 9.129" E 19° 48' 27.503" N

21 78° 50' 19.601" E 19° 48' 19.371" N

22 78° 50' 29.259" E 19° 48' 10.971" N

23 78° 50' 38.631" E 19° 48' 3.470" N

24 78° 50' 41.953" E 19° 47' 59.768" N

25 78° 50' 32.787" E 19° 48' 2.109" N

26 78° 50' 30.733" E 19° 48' 2.730" N

27 78° 50' 14.096" E 19° 48' 3.045" N

28 78° 49' 55.651" E 19° 48' 5.918" N

29 78° 49' 29.617" E 19° 48' 13.473" N

30 78° 49' 5.602" E 19° 48' 23.159" N

31 78° 48' 47.614" E 19° 48' 33.770" N

32 78° 48' 32.501" E 19° 48' 42.188" N

33 78° 48' 15.276" E 19° 48' 47.138" N

34 78° 48' 5.770" E 19° 48' 50.469" N

35 78° 47' 58.029" E 19° 48' 58.116" N

36 78° 47' 48.399" E 19° 49' 4.320" N

37 78° 47' 38.647" E 19° 49' 9.491" N

38 78° 47' 30.473" E 19° 49' 18.609" N

39 78° 47' 21.484" E 19° 49' 29.236" N

40 78° 47' 8.520" E 19° 49' 39.829" N

41 78° 46' 54.476" E 19° 49' 49.807" N




32

Figure 2.0: Revised Mine Lease Boundary Map Certified by CMPDIL




33

Figure 2.1: Details of Project area marked on SOI Toposheet (56 I/13) Scale 1 :50000




34

Figure 2.2: Details of project area marked on Village Map

Scale 1:4000

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

LEASE H

OLD

BO

UND

ARY

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

OB DUMP OUTSIDE ML 15.65 Ha+0.03 Ha

= 15.68 Ha (USED BY PRIOR ALLOTTEE)

TO MUKUTBAN

TO MARKI

LT PANEL ROOM

JINNING MILL

JINNING MILL

PR

OPO

SED

INFR

ASTRUC

TURE

AR

EA

OFFIC

E C

OM

PLE

X

UP

AS

HA

NA

LLA

Borehole

Nalla

Existing Road

Mining Lease Boundary

OB Dump (Outside Boundary)

INDEX

N

EW

S

BUILT-UP AREA

New Mining Lease Boundary

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

12 DWELLING

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

12 DWELLING

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

12 DWELLING

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

12 DWELLING

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

12 DWELLING

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

12 DWELLING

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

12 DWELLING

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

12 DWELLING

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

LEASE H

OLD

BO

UND

ARY

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

OB DUMP OUTSIDE ML 15.65 Ha+0.03 Ha

= 15.68 Ha (USED BY PRIOR ALLOTTEE)

TO MUKUTBAN

TO MARKI

LT PANEL ROOM

JINNING MILL

JINNING MILL

PR

OPO

SED

INFR

ASTRUC

TURE

AR

EA

OFFIC

E C

OM

PLE

X

UP

AS

HA

NA

LLA

Borehole

Nalla

Existing Road

Mining Lease Boundary

OB Dump (Outside Boundary)

INDEX

N

EW

S

BUILT-UP AREA

New Mining Lease Boundary

Bhendala

868

33

9

55

8786 88 6789

11

82

53

719693 81

10

7292

57

94

2674

96

28 29

9197

80

73

27

7998

7578

12 13

25

100

99

7712245

24476

101 24

242 246 11

5215

10

14

8247 9

23254

241 243 248

255

102 22 250

249

240 239253

251

16

257

238

252

25920 25818 237

21

17

233

234235 236

5119

260261232

262

220231

39

50

263

219 218 264265

227

230

229228

221

215

216

48

217

277

222226

40

44

270

45

225223224

271

46

276

278 279

47280212

213 214

4142 211

207

5843

210

137134

139138

135 136

154155139138

135134

Bhendra

123

4

5

6

7

89

1011

12

13 14

15

16

17

18

1920

21

22

2324

2526

2728

29

30

31

3233

34

35

3637

38

39

40

41

4243

44

45

4647

48 4950

5152

53

54

5556 57

58596061

62

6364 65

67

68

69

70

7172

73

7475

76

77

7879

8081

8283

84858687

888990

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

112

113 114 115

116117

118

119

121122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136137

138

139

140

141

142143

144

145

146147

148

149

150

151

152

153154

155156

157158

159

160

161162

163

164

165

166

167

168169

170

171172

173174

175

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183184

185

186

187

194

195

196

197

198

199200

201

202

203

204

205206

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

12 DWELLING

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

12 DWELLING

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

12 DWELLING

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

12 DWELLING

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

MK-10RL-217.62

FRL-160.25

MK-11RL-216.85

FRL-149.95

MK-82RL-220.33

NO COAL

MK-83RL-222.80

NO COAL

MK-84RL-224.39

FRL-198.38

MK-85RL-222.13

FRL-159.43(TOP)NOT DRILLED (BOT)

MK-86RL-219.90


MK-87RL-226.24

FAULTED

MK-88RL-217.55

FRL-182.75

MK-89RL-217.65

FAULTED

MK-90RL-228.05

NO COAL

MK-91RL-216.37

FRL-176.87

MK-93RL-219.75

FAULTED

MK-94RL-217.22

NO COAL

MK-95RL-224.31

FRL-144.28

MK-96RL-221.40

FAULTED

MK-97RL-217.93

FRL-182.63

MK-98RL-223.13

FAULTED

MK-99RL-216.93

FRL-199.58

MK-100RL-212.23

FRL-193.83

MK-101RL-224.43

FAULTED

MK-102RL-209.50

FRL-176.90

MK-103RL-217.12

NO COAL

MK-125RL-222.35

FAULTED

MK-126RL-222.42

FAULTED

MK-127RL-220.32

FRL-186.02

MK-128RL-220.83

FRL-142.58

MK-129RL-217.58

NO COAL

MK-130RL-217.25

NO COAL

MK-92RL-217.18

FRL-125.63

MK-10RL-217.62

FRL-160.25

MK-11RL-216.85

FRL-149.95

MK-82RL-220.33

NO COAL

MK-83RL-222.80

NO COAL

MK-84RL-224.39

FRL-198.38

MK-85RL-222.13


MK-86RL-219.90


MK-87RL-226.24

FAULTED

MK-88RL-217.55

FRL-182.75

MK-89RL-217.65

FAULTED

MK-90RL-228.05

NO COAL

MK-91RL-216.37

FRL-176.87

MK-93RL-219.75

FAULTED

MK-94RL-217.22

NO COAL

MK-95RL-224.31

FRL-144.28

MK-96RL-221.40

FAULTED

MK-97RL-217.93

FRL-182.63

MK-98RL-223.13

FAULTED

MK-99RL-216.93

FRL-199.58

MK-100RL-212.23

FRL-193.83

MK-101RL-224.43

FAULTED

MK-102

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

12 DWELLING

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

17

18

1920

21

22

2324

2526

2728

29

30

31

3233

34

35

3637

38

39

40

41

4243

44

45

4647

48 4950

5152

53

54

5556 57

58596061

62

6364 65

67

68

69

70

7172

73

7475

76

77

7879

8081

8283

84858687

888990

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

112

113 114 115

116117

118

119

121122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136137

138

139

140

141

142143

144

145

146147

148

149

150

151

152

153154

155156

157158

159

160

161162

163

164

165

166

167

168169

170

171172

173174

175

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183184

185

186

187

194

195

196

197

198

199200

201

202

203

204

205206

868

33

9

55

8786 88 6789

11

82

53

719693 81

10

7292

57

94

2674

96

28 29

9197

80

73

27

7998

7578

12 13

25

100

99

7712245

24476

101 24

242 246 11

5215

10

14

8247 9

23254

241 243 248

255

102 22 250

249

240 239253

251

16

257

238

252

25920 25818 237

21

17

233

234235 236

5119

260261232

262

220231

39

50

263

219 218 264265

227

230

229228

221

215

216

48

217

277

222226

40

44

270

45

225223224

271

46

276

278 279

47280212

213 214

4142 211

207

5843

210

137134

139138

135 136

154155139138

135134

Bhendra

123

4

5

6

7

89

1011

12

13 14

15

16

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

COALSTO

CK YARD N

O 1

RL-209.50

FRL-176.90

MK-103RL-217.12

NO COAL

MK-125RL-222.35

FAULTED

MK-126RL-222.42

FAULTED

MK-127RL-220.32

FRL-186.02

MK-128RL-220.83

FRL-142.58

MK-129RL-217.58

NO COAL

MK-130RL-217.25

NO COAL

MK-92RL-217.18

FRL-125.63

WATER LOGGED

LEASE HOLD BOUNDARY

ACCESS TRENCH

ROAD

1:17

RECLAMATION

WATER LOGGED

12 DWELLING

EW

N

1 IN 8.5

(FU

LL DIP

S 8° W

)

Bhendala




35

2.2.2 Physiography & Drainage : This mining block is more or less flat terrain spanning a length

of approx. 4.5 km in NW-SE direction (which incidentally is the strike direction of the coal seam) but only 600 to 700 m wide in NE-SW direction (seam dipping towards SW). The surface elevation varies from 226 to 212 m with ground sloping mildly towards SW and SE corners of the block which are drained by seasonal streams. Land is mostly agricultural, cultivated by locals of Ardwan, Bhendala, Ruikot and Mukutban villages. Cotton and pulses are the main crops grown in this area. The surface is free from built up area of the villages. The block is traversed by all weather pucca roads connecting Mukutban, Ardhwan, Bhendala and Mangli villages. Upasa Nallah, the seasonal stream flows across the NW corner of the block and needs to be taken care of during coal mining in this block. There are number of non- perennial water sources and nallahs which originate from these ridges from higher slopes of the hill and drain into the Penganga River. The Surface Plan of the Project is enclosed as Plate 2.1

2.3 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

2.3.1 Land Requirement: Land is the most important component of any mining project. Mining of

any mineral is site specific and without required land area at the specific place / site, no mining project can take off and continue unhindered.

Marki Mangli - III Coal Mine does not have any forest land within the lease hold area. Marki Mangli-III Coal Mine is an existing (mine which started coal production from 2011-12 and continued upto 2014-15. In the intervening period, the mine was closed due to an order by Honorable Supreme Court on 24.9.2015 .The mine was re-allocated to M/s B S Ispat Ltd by the Ministry of Coal through an open e-auction bidding process. This OC mines requires certain land area for operation and extraction of coal. Project area of 295.35 Ha has been vested to Mis B S Ispat Ltd. This covers 275 ha of land for mining lease and 20.35 ha for road diversion, nalla diversion and mine infrastructure etc.

2.3.2 Pre-Mining land as per Approved Mining Plan: Pre-mining land use-wise details as per

Approved Mining plan (August 2007) vis-a-vis Vesting Order dated 17.4.2015 is given in Table 2.2 below:

Table 2.2 Details of Pre-Mining Land Use Pattern

As Per Approved Mining Plan (August, 2007)vis-a-vis Land as Per Vesting Order Dated 17.4.2015

SI. No

Type of Land As per approved Mining Plan(Ha)

As per Vesting order (Ha)

Land falling outside ML area

(Ha)

1 Govt. land 19.50 6.35 0.00

2 Freehold Land - 62.42 7.22

3 Forest Land Nil Nil Nil

4 Private land 255.50 226.58 13.13

Total 275.00 295.35 20.35

Source: Approved Mining Plan (August 2007 & Vesting Order dated 17.4.2015), Grant of Mining Lease dated 04.06.2007, and Executed Lease Deed dated 04.08.2015.

Considering the fact that as per directions of MoEF & CC the mining plan was revised and as per the present approved mining plan by MOC on 10/04/2018, only 275 ha of land has been applied for Mining Lease and out of 20.35 Ha vested to allottee for road diversion & nala diversion outside MI. area, only 7 Ha including 2 Ha for nalla diversion & 5 Ha for Road diversion will be required for acquisition. As such, in the revised mining plan; the reconciliation of the landuse proposed and approved land requirement is as under Table 2.3A and the village wise breakup is tabulated at Table 2.3B. The Current Landuse Plan is given at Plate 2.2.




36

Table 2.3A

Landuse Proposed and Approved Land Requirement

Sr. No.

Particulars of type of land

Area vested to current allottee as per vesting

order ( Ha)

ML Area to be used by Present Allottee ( Ha )

Total Area to be used by Present Allottee for Mining & Non-Mining Use(Ha )

For Mining

For Non-Mining (Road & Nala

Diversion)

1 Govt. Land 6.35 6.35 0.00 6.35

2 Private Land 226.58* 213.45 0.00 213.45

3 Free Hold Land

62.42 55.20 7.00 62.20

Total 295.35 275.00 7.00 282.00

* Inclusive of 90 Ha of agriculture land Table 2.3B

Landuse: Village Wise Breakup

Village Private Land (Ha)

No of land

holders

Govt. Land (Ha)

Addl. Land Outside Lease Area required for Nala &

Road Diversion (Ha)

Total Land ( Ha)

Mukutban 30.10 25 Nil 00 30.10

Ruikot 99.66 43 1.20 00 100.86

Bhendala 111.54 58 5.35 4.00 120.89

Ardwan 27.15 14 Nil 3.00 30.15

TOTAL 268.45 140 6.55 7.00 282.00

2.3.3 Detailed of Land Use for OC Mine: Details of landuse during mining for this OC mine is

given in Table 2.4.

Table 2.4 Landuse During Mining for OC Mine

Sr. no. Particulars Total( Ha)

1 Excavated Area by Prior Allottee 16.0

2 Proposed Excavation Area 112.0

3 Safety Zone 7.0

4 Garland Drain 3.0

5 Embankment 0

6 Top soil & Soil Dump 7.0

7 Settling Tank 1.0

8 External OB dump 13.0

9 Common Infrastructure 15.0

10 Coal stock yard 1.0

11 Populated Area 10.0

12 Virgin area for future use 90.0

Total Mining Lease Area 275.0

13 NalIa / Canal diversion 2.0

14 Road diversion 5.0

Land beyond mining lease area 7.0

Total land required 282.0

Out of the 282 Ha of land area as shown above, 275 Ha will be required for mining purpose and 7 Ha will be required for Nala and public road diversion. Proposed diversion of road and Nala diversion is shown on Plate 1.

2.3.4 Post Mining Land use plan: After all mining activity is over, rehabilitation of land of 275

Ha within Mining Leasehold area and 7 ha beyond mining leasehold area shall be done as given in Table 2.5.




37

Table 2.5

Post Mining land use



Agri. Land


Public Use

Total

1 Backfilling - 69 59 - 128





9 Garland Drain - - - 3 3

10 Embankment - - - - -

11 Water Body - - - - -

12 Coal stock yard& settling tank

- -

- 2.0 2.0


14 Undisturbed 90 _ - - 90

(B) Mining Lease Area 90 89 59 37.5 275



(B) Beyond mining lease area

- - - 7 7

Total Land (A+B) 90 89 59 44.5 282

* Includes area for green belt zone

2.3.5 Climate of the Project Area: Monsoon season lasts from mid. June to Mid-

September. During summer temperature rises to a maximum of 48°C and humidity falls to a minimum of 10% .Winter is experienced between mild-November to January & temperature generally does not fall below 10°C.

• Rainfall: The average rainfall during 10 year period was 1,036 mm for Yavatmal District. Only during four years rainfall had gone below 1,000 mm. The maximum rainfall was 1,379.8 mm in 1995 while minimum was 716.4 mm in 2004. Records of rainfall in the district are available for 11 stations for 10 to 49 years. The normal annual rainfall in the district is 1012.1 mm. The rainfall generally increases from the northwest towards the southeast. Ner, near the northwestern border of the district receives 870.3 mm annual rainfall while Panderkawda near the southeast border receives 1145.7 mm. The rainfall during southwest monsoon accounts for about 87% of the total annual rainfall, July being the most wet month.

• Temperature: There are two meteorological observatories in the district, one each at

Yavatmal and Pusad. The temperature rises rapidly after the month of February till May which is the hottest month of the year. In May, the mean daily maximum and minimum temperatures recorded are 42.1oC and 27.7oC respectively. On some days in May and June, the maximum temperature rises up to 47oC. Thundershowers sometimes provide relief from intense heat. With the arrival of the southwest monsoon by middle of June, there is an appreciable drop in day temperatures and the weather becomes pleasant. After the end of September, when the southwest monsoon withdraws, the day temperature increases slightly, but the night temperatures decreases progressively. After October both day and night temperatures decrease rapidly. December is usually the coldest month with the mean daily maximum and minimum temperature at 29oC and 13oC respectively.

• Humidity: Except during the monsoon season when the humidity is high (70- 80%), the air is generally dry. The summer months are the driest, with the relative humidity in the afternoons being about 20%.

• Wind speed and Wind Direction: Winds are generally light to moderate with some increase in speed during May to August. In the post-monsoon and cold seasons the winds generally blows from east or northeast.




38

2.4 INFRASTRUCTURE AVAILABLE:

a) Water Supply: Water supply in most of the villages is available. The provision of toilets, waste water disposal, garbage disposal facilities need to be improvised. Educational facilities & health care facilities are not adequate in most of the villages. However, there is well established road connectivity.

• Education In Wani Tehsil, there are number of primary, middle and higher secondary schools as well as colleges.

• Hospital: There are number of hospitals, dispensaries, primary health centers and sub primary health center in the tehsil. The nearest PHC at Mukutban.

• Transport: The transport facilities in the tehsil are well developed and widely spread. Most of

the urban areas are linked with State/National highway.

• Communication: All communication facilities like mobile phones, landline phones, fax, printer, scanner, computer etc are available in Wani tehsil.

2.5 GEOLOGICAL & MINING PARAMETERS:

The mining will be carried out as per the approved mining plan. The salient features are given in Table 2.6 below;

Table 2.6 Salient Feature of the Mining

Sr. No. Description Details

1 Mine lease 2.75 Km2 (275 Ha)

2 Type of mine Opencast Coal Mine

3 Method of mining Opencast by conventional Shovel Dumper Combination

4 Rated capacity of mine Peak capacity

0.21 MTPA 0.21 MTPA

5 Expected life of mine 18 Yrs

6 Average stripping ratio for OCP 1:6 90 m3/te

7 Geological reserves 6.19 MT

8 Extractable reserves 3.65 MT

9 Thickness of coal seam Grade of Coal: C to F

Top Section 0.64 to 1.75 m

Bottom Section 1.1 to 3.05 m

10 Average no. of working days 300 days

11 Number of shifts 3

12 Working hours/shift 8

13 Bench height for OB / Coal 10 m / 5 m

14 Ultimate depth of mine 60 m

15 Overburden to be generated during entire life of mine

25.19 Mm3

16 No of waste dumps planned 1 Soil Dump and 1 OB dump

17 Area / height of waste dumps 13 Ha / 30 m OB Dump 7 Ha / 10 m for Soil dump

18 Width of the permanent haul road

30 m

19 Water requirement / source 78 KLD / mine pit, ground water

20 Transport of OB By road ( internally )

21 Transport of coal from mine face to End Use plant

By road Coal mine to Mukutban-Wani-Warora (Total distance 70 Km)

22 Area to be reclaimed with plantation

204.00 Ha

23 Cost of the Project 147.10 Crores




39

2.5.1 Geology:

2.5.2 Regional Geology: Mining plan for Marki-mangli Block III is based on the Geological Report (GR) prepared by Directorate of Geology and Mining, Govt. of Maharashtra (DGM-MS), Nagpur for the field season 1987-88 to 1991-92. The GR has utilized the borehole data of 31 boreholes (MK-series) (drilled within an area of approx. 2.5 sq. km.) out of which 15 boreholes have intersected the coal seam at a depth varying from 13.80 m (MK-100) to 88.21 (MK-92).In all the four coal belts of this region ,boreholes have been put at grid intervals of 400 m X 200 m —the longer distance along the strike N60°W-S60°E and the shorter distance along the dip N30°E-S30°W. The intervals in the dip-rise direction are shorter because the coal seam lies in narrow graben formed along the basin margins within Penganga series of rocks. Due to loose nature of coal bearing Barakar formation, core recovery was very poor. In case of coal seams, double tube core barrel was used to avoid contamination. Reduced levels of all the borehole drilled in this block were determined with reference to the Triangulation point 311 on Vitthal- Rukmai hill.The surface elevation of the block varies within a range of 228.05 m (MK-98) to 209.5 m (MK-102) .The alignment /correlation of the block with respect to the other two blocks viz. Marki-Mangli II and Marki-Mangli IV have been checked on the surface by M/S. Shree Virangana steels Ltd. by running a traverse from borehole No. MK-5 in Marki-Mangli —Il to borehole No. MK-6 in Marki-Mangli-IV along the village boundaries of Ruikot-Mukutban and road connecting Mukutban to Mangli. Boundaries of Marki-Mangli

➢ To the North : Fault F1 -F1 & In-crop of coal seam ➢ To the South : Fault F3-F3 & F6-F6 ➢ To the East : 200 m influence zone of BH no. MK-100 & MK-IO2 ➢ To the West : 200 m, influence zone of BH no. MK-127

Within the above limits, the block covers an area of 5.0138 sq. km. with a strike length of about 4.5 Kms.

2.5.2 Stratigraphy:The stratigraphic sequence in the block as worked out from borehole data and

the thickness range of different formations are given in the following Table 2.7.

Table 2.7 Stratigraphic sequence of Marki-Mangli Block-III

Age Formation Thickness range (m)

Lithology

Min. Max.

Recent to Sub- recent

Soil/ Alluvium

0.00 6.10 Black cotton soil derived from Decan Trap .Soil derived from Talchir is greenish and earthy.

Middle Permian Motur 0.00 237.90 Brown, reddish, greenish clay, siltstone and lenticular sandstone bands.

Lower Permian Barakar 5.25 122.00 While to grey ,fine to coarse sandstone with interbanded grey shale, carb shale and coal seams.

Upper carboniferous to lower Permian

Talchir 0.00 15.25 Khaki green shale and boulder bed.

Unconformity

Pre-Cambrian Penganga Group

Notencountered in any borehole

Purple shale, limestone, calc-dolomite, dolomite

2.5.3 Geological Structure:The strike of the coal seam is WNW_ESE and have a south westerly

dip of 7.5° to 8°. The belt is in faulted contact with Penganga formation along NW and SW margins. Six No. of faults F1 to F6 have been encountered in Marki-Mangli Block III. Fault F1 – F1 marks theNorthern limit of the coal block and trends WNW-ESE, with a down throw of 30




40

m towards South .Fault F3-F3 is along EW to WNW-ESE with down throw toward north . Fault F5 to F6 range NW-SE direction with throw towards SW. While F4 is a mirror fault (throw 10 m towards North) between F3-F3 and F6-F6. The Geological Plan and Geological Sections of the Project is given as Plate 2.3 & Plate 2.4 respectively.

2.6 DESCRIPTION OF COAL SEAM

2.6.1 Number & Sequence: A prominent and persistent coal seam ranging in thickness from 1.08

m to 5.10 m occurs in this block. Besides this, there is a thin and impersistent coal band, mostly unworkable (0.2 m to 1.19 m below the top seam. the thickness of parting between these two coaly horizon varies from 13.30 to 27.80 m. The top seam which is the only workable seam in this block is divisible into two sections- top & bottom —separated by a parting of friable sandstone with occasional grey shale bands, coal streaks and pyritic layers. The borehole-wise correlation chart of top section, parting and bottom section (based on band analysis results) is given appendix —II .The thickness range of different sections of coal seam can be summarized as follows (Table 2.8):

Table 2.8

Thickness Range of Coal Seam

Section Thickness range (m) Remarks

1.Topsection 0.64 to 1.75 Generally 1to 1.5

2. Parting 0.50 to 5.12 Generally 1to 1.5

3.Bottom Section 1.10 to 3.05 Generally 2 to 2.4

A brief description the two sections of the coal seam is as follows:

2.6.2 Top section: This section is present in entire area of the block either as an independent

section or in composite form with bottom section. The thickness range of this section varies between 0.64 to 1.75 m. The coal section is mostly clean except a thin band of carb shale 0.10 m to 0.51 m.The grade of coal varies from D to F. The roof of this section is generally fine to medium, white to pink friable sandstone.

2.6.3 Bottom Section: This section is present in entire area of the block either as an independent

section or in composite form with top section. The thickness range of this section varies from 1.10 to 3.05m. The section is generally clean except for a few boreholes where thin dirt bands (0.08 to 0.52 m) of shale and carb shale are present. Borehole wise coal quality is given in Table 2.9& 2.10. Grade of coal varies D to F. The floor of this section consists either of shale or sandstone.

2.7 QUALITY OF COAL:

2.7.1 In situ coal quality:Geological Report (GR) gives band by band analysis results of borehole

samples on air dried basis. It neither gives the results on equilibrated basis (60% RH & 40 ° C) nor does it give the overall coal quality of individual borehole samples. Therefore, the grade of coal separately for top & bottom and top + bottom (excluding parting 0.9 m & above) have been calculated by weighted average basis. The calculated grade of in-situ coal separately for top and bottom section are given in the following:




41

Table 2.9 Borehole Wise Coal Quality:Top-section

Table 2.10

Borehole Wise Coal Quality :Bottom-Section

Quality of in-situ coal of bottom-section on air dried basis (calculated weighted average of band by band analysis results)

Sr. No BH no. Thickness (m) m% Ash% UHV (K.cal/kg) Grade

1 Mk-10 2.00 10.40 36.339 2443 F

2 Mk-84 1.94 7.30 19.80 5160 C

3 Mk-88 2.28 7.00 21.80 4956 D

4 Mk-91 2.19 5.60 32.10 3697 E

5 Mk-97 2.06 6.75 24.03 4652 D

6 Mk-100 2.40 6.60 23.40 4760 D

7 Mk-102 3.05 7.04 3030 3692 E

8 Mk-127 1.17 3.13 70.54 (-)1267 Un-gradable

9 Mk-128 1.10 7.40 23.30 1808 G

2.7.2 ROM Coal Quality:The quality of ROM coal depends upon the method of mining and the

degree of dilution of in-situ coal at various content points viz. at roof and floor of the working section. Since the mining plan suggests liquidation of reserves by mechanized opencast-dilution of in-situ coal quality due to contamination of roof, floor & parting is unavoidable. Out of 15 boreholes which have intersected the full thickness of the coal seam. 11 boreholes fall within the quarriable area upto a maximum depth of 60m. The overall quality on weighted average basis pertaining to each boreholes have been grouped together depending upon their location within the quarry limits drawn up in the Mining Plan, so that Iso-grade lines can be drawn to get an idea of variation of coal quality As per this table the compositing of the coal seam varies within the following range:

Moisture % : 4.58 to 11.10 (Generally 6 to 7) Volatile matter % : 25 to 30 Ash % : 18.90 to 37.44 (Generally 25 to 30)

As per the calculation made for weighted average, the grade of effective thickness of coal in the block generally varies from D to E but during opencast Mining dilution of grade cannot be ruled out because of intermixing of coal with the parting and roof and floor considering dilution of 5 cm at each Contact zone, the diluted grade work out of E/F (Generally E). The coal in Marki Mangli belt is high in Sulphur - 2.5 to 5 % more than half of which is pyretic and requires to be treated to make it fit for industrial use.

Quality of insitu coal of top-section on air driedBasis (calculated weighted average of band by band analysis results)

Sr. No BH no. Thickness (m) M% Ash% UHV (K.cal/kg) Grade

1 Mk-10 1.15 7.70 25.00 4387 D

2 Mk-84 0.64 6.00 30.70 3835 E

3 Mk-88 1.66 7.01 24.68 4527 D

4 Mk-91 1.59 6.40 24.30 4663 D

5 Mk-97 1.25 6.20 25.20 4567 D

6 Mk-100 1.15 7.60 14.80 5809 C

7 Mk-102 1.55 6.19 35.00 3216 F 8 Mk-127 1.08 3.13 70.54 (-)1267 Un-gradable

9 Mk-128 1.75 5.76 46.44 1696 G




42

Table 2.11 Borehole-wise Coal Quality

Borehole No

Thickness (m)

In band quality (without Dilution) In band quality (with Dilution at each contact)

M % Ash

%

UHV K.cal

/kg

Grade M % Ash

%

UHV K.cal/

kg

Grade

Quarry-1

MK-97 3.31 6.54 24.47 4620 D 6.24 28.42 4117 E

MK-99 1.10 7.50 18.90 5251 C 6.84 26.80 4257 D

Quarry-2

MK-84 2.87 6.50 29.87 3881 E 6.29 32.42 3557 E

Quarry-3

MK-86 1.55 6.40 21.70 5022 C 6.02 27.16 4321 D

MK-88 3.94 7.00 23.50 4691 D 6.66 27.71 4157 E

MK-95 1.93 6.00 27.90 4222 D 5.73 31.79 3723 E

Quarry-4

MK-10 3.15 9.45 32.39 3126 F 8.85 36.61 2626 F

MK-92 3.34 6.13 35.45 3161 F 6.03 36.53 3028 F

MK-128 2.85 6.34 38.25 2747 F 5.97 42.23 2248 G

2.7.3 Geological Block Boundary:

Total Block Boundary 501.38 Ha The break up is as below: Mining leasehold area as per vesting Order 275 Ha Road+ Nalla diversion as per vesting Order 20 Ha Area to the west of leasehold to be explored 53Ha Area to the east of leasehold to be explored 18 Ha Area to the north of leasehold- no coal zone 50 Ha Area to the south of leasehold-no coal zone 85 Ha

2.8 ESTIMATION OF RESERVES IN THE GEOLOGICAL REPORT

2.8.1 Method of estimation: In the GR prepared by DG(MS) the following method has been

adopted for estimation and calculation of reserves :

1. The block has been divided into a number of sectors viz. I to V depending upon the alignment of faults and seam in-crop.

2. Iso-chores of the coal seam have been drawn at 1 m. interval.

3. The area between the consecutive Iso-chores within each sector has been measured by mechanical plan meter.

4. The following formula has been used for calculation of gross geological reserves Coal (Mt) = A (Mm2) xT(m) x 1.55( Sp Gr)

Where, A is the area of segment between two consecutive Iso-chores. T is the average value of Iso-chore within each segment 1.55 is the specific gravity of coal which corresponds to D' grade coal.




43

The following areas of the block have not been considered for reserve estimation.

• Where the thickness of coal seam is less 0.9 m.

• In-crop region of the coal seam.

• Heave zone i.e. barren zone along the faults.

2.8.2 Net-geological reserves in Marki-Mangli Block-III (as per GR) is given in Table

2.12. Table 2.12

Quarry wise Net Proved Geological Reserves (In million tones)

Quarry No Area( m2) Effective

Thickness (m) Specific Gravity

Gross Geological Reserves (Mt)

Net Geological Reserves (Mt)

1 257601 2.2 1.53 867084.966 780376.4694

1 ( Mined out) 156800 3.5 1.57 861616 775454.4

2 101050 1.7 1.55 266266.75 239640.075

3 301009 3.15 1.57 1488640.01 1339776.009

3( Dip side) 220500 1.5 1.55 512662.5 461396.25

4 275122 2.7 1.57 1166242.158 1049617.942

4 ( Dip side) 304000 3.09 1.57 1474795.2 1327315.68

Built Up Area 55090 2.87 1.57 248230.031 223407.0279

Total 6885537.615 6196983.853

Estimation of net geological reserves as per GR within Marki-Mangli Block-III are as follows:

Total Net Geological reserves 6.19 M.tes

Coal bearing area within leasehold line 1.74 Sq.Km

Out of these geological reserves of 6.19 M.tes, 0.77 M.te has already been extracted by prior allottee. Therefore net balance geological reserves available is 6.19 - 0.77= 5.42 M.tes. The blocked up reserves and mineable reserves are given as under (Table 2.13):



44

Table 2.13 Net Geological Reserves Vis-a-vis Blocked up and Mineable & Extractable Reserves ( in Million Tonnes)

Blocked Reserves below- ( Mte)

Minable Res "Mte"

Mining Losses “Mte”

Seam Thickness Range in m

Depth Range in m

Net Geo. Res

“Mte”

High wall/batter

Nala/River/Road Barrier Uneconomical Total Blocked

UG OC

Top+Bottom Seam

0.17-4.55 10 to 100 m

6.19 0.35 0.19 0.45 0.50 1.49 Nil 4.70 0.28

1.10-4.60

0.86-3.46

As on base date “Mte”

Extractable Res “Mte” Depletion of Reserve Balance Reserve Total Reserve not considered for mining

Seam UG OC High Wall

UG OC High wall

UG OC High wall

Top+Bottom Seam

Nil 4.42 Nil Nil 0.77 Nil Nil 3.65 Nil 3.65 High S/R



45

2.9 METHOD OF MINING

2.9.1 Selection of Technology: Since the strata above the Coal seam consists of friable sand

stone, it is not capable of providing competent roof which is essential for u/g. mining. Hence, it is suggested to liquidate the reserves by conventional benching method of opencast with shovel-dumper combination. Two phases of mine working have been envisaged i.e phase-1 & phase-II. In phase-I, four quarries have been envisaged and phase-II, two quarries are envisaged & remaining two quarries will be exhausted in Phase-I.

Phase-I – As per the approval Mining plan, dip side limit of the quarries has been drawn along the maximum 60 m depth line and less, which for effective thickness of 4 m for quarriable coal gives a coal : OB ratio of about I:15 & less . The life of the quarries up to this depth in phase-I would be about 18 yrs, which is sufficient to plan permanent infrastructure. The diversion of Upasanala (which flows across the NW corner of the block) and public roads passing through blocks have been considered in this phase.

Phase-II - The option of deepening the two quarries beyond 60 m depth at a higher stripping ratio will be examined at a later date.

As per the approved mine plan, the detailing has been done for Phase-1 only. For Phase-II working, a separate mine plan would be prepared at a later date when Phase-I working would be nearing completion subject to the requirement of the end use plant and financial viability of the mine during that period.

Table: 2.14

Coal-OBR of two phases

Quarry Phase-I Phase-II Phase-I+Phase-II

Coal (M.tes)

OBR (Mm3)

SR (m3/te)

Coal (M.tes)

OBR (Mm3)

SR (m3/te)

Coal (M.tes)

OBR (Mm3)

SR (m3/te)

1 1.24 6.03 4.86 - - - 1.24 6.03 4.86

2 0.34 0.99 2.91 - - - 0.34 0.99 2.91

3 1.42 9.70 6.83 0.32 10.67 33.34 1.74 20.37 11.71

4 0.65 8.47 13.03 0.18 21.79 121.05 0.83 30.26 41.45

Total 3.65 25.19 6.90 0.50 32.46 64.92 4.15 57.65 13.89

All parameters including plans & text have been detailed for phase-I only up to a maximum depth of 60m only.

2.10 QUARRIABLE AREAS AND BOUNDARIES:

2.10.1 Quarriable areas: As per the Mining Plan, the quarriable areas have been divided into four

quarries viz. 1, 2, 3 &4 as shown in the final stage quarry plan of the seam. The limits of these quarries are as follows (Table 2.15):



46

Table: 2.15

Limits of Quarries

Quarry North South East West

1 Seam In-crop 25 m from surface leasehold

Existing quarry Fault-F3

2 Seam In-crop Fault F1 Fault-F3 60m from populated area 3 25 m from surface

leasehold Fault F1/160 m FRL line Block boundary Fault f3

4 Sub-crop/Fault F1 60 M Depth Line/Fault F2

Quarry-3 boundary

25 m from surface leasehold

The geo-mining parameters of individual quarries are given in the following Table 2.16.

Table: 2.16

Geo-mining parameters of proposed quarries

Sr. No Parameters Quarry 1 Quarry 2

Quarry 3

Quarry 4

Total

1 Surface area (Ha) 36 11 36 29 128

2 Floor area (Ha) 27 7 27 17 78

3 Depth range (m) 50 30 60 60 30-60

4 Overburden (Mm3) 6.03 0.99 9.70 8.47 25.19

5 Coal (Mt) 1.24 0.34 1.42 0.65 3.65

6 Stripping ratio (m3/ te) 4.86 2.91 6.83 13.03 6.90

7 Effective Thickness (m) 3.26 3.26 3.68 2.70 2.70 to3.68

8 Reserve Density (Mt/Sq.Km)

3.44 3.09 3.94 2.24 3.25

2.11 PRODUCTION CAPACITY AND MINE LIFE

The total extractable reserves by opencast in Marki Mangli block HI have worked out to 3.65M.tes corresponding to a volume of OBR of 25.19 Mm3 at a stripping ratio of 6.90 m3/te. The annual production of the mine works out to be 0.21 Mte for a period of 18 years. Which works out to an average rate of 700 tonnes/day for annual working days of 300.

Sequence of operation of quarries :Keeping in view the potential of each quarry, existing quarry in the eastern side along with its entry, availability of dumping space with maximization of internal dumping & rated capacity of 0.21 Mt of coal / annum , The mine would be started in quarry-I using existing entry in the eastern side, Subsequently, quarry-2 followed by 3 & at last quarry-4 would be worked with 2-3 years of overlapping working. The overlapping period is required for initial development of the new quarry.

2.12 WORKING BY THE PRIOR ALLOTTEE

The block was started by the prior allottee in the year 2011-12. The production achieved along with OBR by the prior allottee is given in Table 2.17.



47

Table 2.17

Production with OBR by the prior allottee

Year OB (M.m3)

Coal (M.te)

Dispatch- able shale, (M.te)

Total (M.te)

Year 2011-12 0.67 0.01 0.06 0.07

Year 2012-13 1.37 0.21 0.13 0.34

Year 2013-14 0.49 0.21 0.01 0.22

01-04-2014 to 01-08-2015*

1.23 0.14 0.14

Total 3.76 0.57 0.20 0.77

There has not been any production from the mine after 1-8-2015. Source of information for the year 2011 to 2014: Letter no. TMUL/NGP/mine/MOC/2014-15/0195 dt 24-11-2014 to JS, MOC; Source of information for the year 2014-15: Let no. TMUL/NGP /mine /MOC/ 2014-15/0261 dt 23-02-2015 to CCM, MOC. From the above table, it is seen that mine has already achieved desired production level of 0.21 M,te.

2.13 SCHEDULE OF COAL & OBR:

Considering the above, the year wise schedule of coal, OBR along with stripping ratio have been drawn and shown in table 2.14. The life of the mine up to a maximum depth of 60 m would be about 18 yrs.

2.13.1 Percentage extraction of coal: The GR has estimated a net proved geological reserve of

6.19 M.tes. Within the block boundary upto a maximum depth of 100 m. 0.77 M.te reserves has already been depleted. Available net geological reserves 6.19 - 0.77= 5.42 M.tes1.49 M.tes reserves blocked due to barrier, slope batter, road & high stripping ratio zone over which mine's surface road all around the quarries and toe drains are to be constructed Therefore, the free reserves available for mining works out to 5.42 — 1.49 = 3.93 M.tes. Further, during mining a reserves of 0.28 mt is envisaged as mining loss. Thus this Revised Mining Plan has provided for an extractable reserves of 3.65 (3.93-0.28) M.tes. The extraction percentage of Coal in Mining Plan works out to:

For Free reserves : 3.65 ÷ 3.93 = 92.87 say 93% For Total Reserve : 3.65 ÷ 5.42 = 67.8 say 68% The percentage extraction of coal as provided in the approved Mining plan is fairly good enough considering the high stripping ratio of 6.90 m3/te.

2.13.2 Calendar Programme of Coal Production:

Table: 2.18 Year wise Schedule of Coal Production

Coal( Mte) Quarry-1

Coal( Mte) Quarry-2

Coal( Mte) Quarry-3

Coal( Mte) Quarry-4

Coal( Mte) Total

Year Yr ly Cum Yr ly Cum Yr ly Cum Yr ly Cum Yr ly Cum

1( 2018-19) Pre- Mining Act ivit ies & Statutory Clearances

2(2019-20) 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11

3(2020-21) 0.21 0.32 0.21 0.32

4(2021-22) 0.21 0.53 0.21 0.53

5(2022-23) 0.21 0.74 0.21 0.74

6(2023-24) 0.21 0.95 0.21 0.95



48

Coal( Mte) Quarry-1

Coal( Mte) Quarry-2

Coal( Mte) Quarry-3

Coal( Mte) Quarry-4

Coal( Mte) Total

Year Yr ly Cum Yr ly Cum Yr ly Cum Yr ly Cum Yr ly Cum

7(2024-25) 0.21 1.16 0.21 1.16

8(2025-26) 0.08 1.24 0.13 0.13 0.21 1.37

9(2026-27) 0.13 0.26 0.08 0.08 0.21 1.58

10(2027-28) 0.08 0.34 0.13 0.21 0.21 1.79

11(2029-29) 0.21 0.42 0.21 2.00

12(2029-30) 0.21 0.63 0.21 2.21

13(2030-31) 0.21 0.84 0.21 2.42

14(2031-32) 0.21 1.05 0.21 2.63

15(2032-33) 0.21 1.26 0.21 2.84

16(2033-34) 0.16 1.42 0.05 0.05 0.21 3.05

17(2034-35) 0.21 0.26 0.21 3.26

18(2035-36) 0.21 0.47 0.21 3.47

19(2036-37) 0.18 0.65 0.18 3.65

TOTAL 1.24 0.34 1.42 0.65 3.65

2.14 MAJOR HEMM The list of major HEMM proposed to be deployed are given below:

1. Diesel Backhoe – 0.9 m3 - 2 nos. 2. Diesel Shovel – 2.5/3.0m3 - 2 nos. 3. Dozer – 180 HP – 3 nos. 4. Dozer – 320HP – 3 nos. 5. Diesel Backhoe – 1.7-2m3 – 1 nos. 6. Diesel Drill - 150/160mm - 2 nos. 7. Diesel Drill - 100mm - 2nos. 8. Rear Dumper - 16/18 tonne - 6 nos. 9. Rear Dumper - 35 tonne - 10 nos. 10. Tipping Trucks - 6-8 m3 - 6-9 nos.

Auxiliary & Service equipment Besides the above major HEMM, the following equipment will be required for maintenance and auxiliary service. 1. Mobile crane - 5 te - 1 No 2. Mobile crane - 10 te - 1 No 3. Motor Grader - 145 HP - 1 no 4. Front end loader - 2.3m3 - 1 No 5. Tractor with trailer - 2 nos 6. Water sprinkler - 10 KI - 2 nos 7. Explosive van - 3 te - 1 no 8. Diesel storage and filling equipment - 15 Kl - 1 no 9. Diesel Jeep - 2 nos 10. Pick up van - 1 No 11. Ambulance van - 1 no.

2.15 DISPOSAL OF OVERBURDEN

2.15.1 Constituents of Overburden: Overburden estimated in the Mining Plan consists of the

following:

• Soil- Uppermost layer on surface which does not require drilling and blasting

• Rock- Mostly sandstone/friable sandstone which requires drilling and blasting.



49

• Parting — Shale, Carb shale, Sandstone, coal streaks separating the top and bottom sections of the coal seam : thickness 0.90 to 2.12m - requires drilling and blasting before ripping and dozing.

Table 2.19 Distribution of soil, parting, Hard rock in Overburden

Estimates of Overburden Constituents — quarry wise (Figures in Mm3)

Sr. No. Constituents Quarry 1 Quarry 2 Quarry 3 Quarry 4 Total

1 Soil 0.77 0.12 1.16 1.01 3.06

2 Rock 5.25 0.86 8.36 7.30 21,77

3 Parting 0.01 0.01 0.18 0.16 0.36

Total OBR 6.03 0.99 9.70 8.47 25.19

2.15.2 Removal of soil: Since the quantity of soil is small and can be removed without the use of

explosives, this job can be done in advance of the rock benches by diesel backhoe and tipping truck. The excavated soil will be stacked separately and on either side of nala, road and around the periphery of the quarry for plantation of green belt.

2.15.3 Removal of Parting: The Mining Plan recommends parting more than 0.9m thick) between

top and bottom sections of the coal seam to be removed separately to maintain the quality of ROM coal grade E and above. It is found that the occurrence of parting thicker than 0.9m is irregular. Besides, the quantity of parting is also very less compared to be volume of coal. Therefore, the mining plan does not suggest provision of a permanent workforce and pool of separate equipment. Compressed air hammer drill, dozer etc. may be at hand whenever it is necessary to remove this unwanted material from the coal seam.

2.15.4 OB Dumping: The total OBR to be removed from this mine works out to 25.19 Mm3 as

shown in final dump plan out of this, 2.95 Mm3 is envisaged to be placed as external dump in the northern side of quarry-1. Remaining OB to be placed as internal dump in different quarries as shown in following Table 2.20.

Total OBR 25.19 Mm3 includes 24.62 Mm3 placed as dump location as shown below& 0.57 Mm3 placed as external top soil dump as shown in final dump plan. Total top soil 3.06 Mm3 includes 0,57 placed as external top soil dump up to a height of 10m during initial 4 yrs and remaining 2.49 Mm3 in the internal dump spread over rock dump during mining process.

Table: 2.20

Capacity of External + Internal Dumps

Benches External ( Mm3)

Internal ( Mm3) Total ( External + Internal) in

mm3 Qry-1 Qry-2 Qry-3 Qry-4 Total

+250 to 2.61 10.55 2.37 - - 12.92 15.53

+220 to 4.55 - 0.79 1.05 6.39 6.39

+190 to 1.42 - 0.76 0.52 2.70 2.70

16.52* 2.37 1.55 1.57 22.01 24.62

Out of 16,52 Mm3 dump in Qry-1, 6.19 Mm3 will be accommodated in void

Annual OB workload and dumping schedule

The annual OB workload for maintaining a production level of 0.21 M.te/ annum from the mine upto l8 yrs has been worked out and the same is given in the year and quarry wise production schedule . The details of soil and rock constituting the overburden workload have also been estimated year wise upto year 10 and the same are given in the following Table: 2.21 along with dumping schedule.



50

Table: 2.21 Year wise schedule of OB removal and dumping (Mm3)

Year Overburden removal Overburden Dumping

Soil Rock Total OBR

External Internal Total

Soil Rock Soil Rock

01 0.07 0.50 0.57 0.07 0.50 0.57

02 0.13 0.94 1.07 0.13 0.94 1.07

03 0.13 0.92 1.05 0.13 0.92 1.05

04 0.12 0.91 1.03 0.12 0.59 0.32 1.03

05 0.12 0.88 1.00 0.12 0.88 1.00

Sub Total 01 to 05 0.57 4.15 4.72 0.57 2.95 1.20 4.72

06 0.11 0.80 0.91 0.11 0.80 0.91

07 0.09 0.63 0.72 0.09 0.63 0.72

08 0.09 0.70 0.79 0.09 0.70 0.79

09 0.10 0.80 0.90 0.10 0.80 0.90

10 0.13 0.75 0.88 0.13 0.75 0.88

Sub Total 06. To 10 0.52 3.68 4.20 0.52 3.68 4.20

Total 01 to 10 1.09 7.83 8.92 0.57 2.95 0.52 4.88 8.92

2.16 CALENDAR PLAN OF COAL & OB PRODUCTION:

Calendar Plan of Coal Production & OB Removal is given in Table no 2.22. Proposed Surface Layout Plan is enclosed as Plate 2.5. The 1st Year stage plan, 5th year stage plan and 10th year stage plan is provided at Plate 2.6, 2.7 and Plate 2.8 respectively. The final stage quarry and plan is enclosed as Plate 2.9. The Dump plan is enclosed as Plate 2.10.



51

Table: 2.22

Calendar Plan of Coal Production & OB Removal

Year Quarry 1 Yearwise Schedule of coal OBR & Stripping Ratio Quarry 4 Table no. 5.16

OB (Mm3) Coal (Mt) S.R. (m3/te) OB (Mm3) Coal (Mt) S.R. (m3/te) OB (Mm3) Coal (Mt) S.R. (m3/te) OB (Mm3) Coal (Mt) S.R. (m3/te) OB (Mm3) Coal (Mt) S.R. (m3/te)

Yr-wise

Cum Yr-

wise Cum

Yr-wise

Cum Yr-

wise Cum

Yr-wise

Cum Yr-

wise Cum

Yr-wise

Cum Yr-

wise Cum

Yr-wise

Cum Yr-

wise Cum

Yr-wise

Cum Yr-

wise Cum

Yr-wise

Cum Yr-

wise Cum

Yr-wise

Cum

1 0.57 0.57 0.11 0.11 5.18 5.18 0.57 0.57 0.11 0.11 5.18 5.18

2 1.07 1.64 0.21 0.32 5.1 5.13 1.07 1.64 0.21 0.32 5.1 5.13

3 1.05 2.69 0.21 0.53 5 5.08 1.05 2.69 0.21 0.53 5 5.08

4 1.03 3.72 0.21 0.74 4.9 5.03 1.03 3.72 0.21 0.74 4.9 5.03

5 1 4.72 0.21 0.95 4.76 4.97 1 4.72 0.21 0.95 4.76 4.97

6 0.91 5.63 0.21 1.16 4.33 4.85 0.91 5.63 0.21 1.16 4.33 4.85

7 0.4 6.03 0.08 1.24 5 4.86 0.32 0.32 0.13 0.13 2.46 2.46 0.72 6.35 0.21 1.37 3.43 4.64

8

0.39 0.71 0.13 0.26 3 2.73 0.4 0.4 0.08 0.08 5 5 0.79 7.14 0.21 1.58 3.76 4.52

9 0.28 0.99 0.08 0.34 3.5 2.91 0.62 1.02 0.13 0.21 4.769 4.857 0.9 8.04 0.21 1.79 4.29 4.49

10

0.88 1.9 0.21 0.42 4.19 4.524 0.88 8.92 0.21 2 4.19 4.46

11 1.4 3.3 0.21 0.63 6.667 5.238 1.4 10.32 0.21 2.21 6.67 4.67

12 1.4 4.7 0.21 0.84 6.667 5.595 1.4 11.72 0.21 2.42 6.67 4.84

13 1.7 6.4 0.21 1.05 8.095 6.095 1.7 13.42 0.21 2.63 8.1 5.1

14 1.8 8.2 0.21 1.26 8.571 6.508 1.8 15.22 0.21 2.84 8.57 5.36

15 1.5 9.7 0.16 1.42 9.375 6.831 0.97 0.97 0.05 0.05 19.4 19.4 2.47 17.69 0.21 3.05 11.76 5.8

16

2.5 3.47 0.21 0.26 11.9 13.35 2.5 20.19 0.21 3.26 11.9 6.19

17 2.5 5.97 0.21 0.47 11.9 12.7 2.5 22.69 0.21 3.47 11.9 6.54

18 2.5 8.47 0.18 0.65 13.89 13.03 2.5 25.19 0.18 3.65 13.89 6.9

Total 6.03 1.24 4.86 0.99 0.34 2.91 9.70 1.42 6.831 8.47 0.65 13.03 25.19 3.65 6.9



52

2.17 DRILLING & BLASTING: 2.17.1 Coal, being considered as category-III material, is hard and requires drilling and blasting for

fragmentation before excavation. Apart from the soft strata at the top, the OB, being harder than coal is required to be drilled by 160 mm drill. Vertical drilling is suggested for both OB and coal bench. Fragmentation / loosening of rocks will depend on category of materials, depth and quantum of charge used, stemming as well as burden and spacing of blast holes. In normal OB benches of 8 m height conventional drilling pattern (with deck charging if required after trials) is to be adopted with the following broad parameters. The drilling machine will be 160 mm dia. RBH drills. The burden and spacing of the holes are calculated as 5 to 6 m and 6 to 7 m respectively. Sub-grade drilling may be done in OB benches. The extent of sub-grade drilling is to be fixed by blasting trials during implementation. In coal seam, the height of bench will be equal to the coal seam thickness. 160 mm dia RBH drill will be deployed for drilling in coal bench. The depth of hole will be equal to the height of coal seam. The spacing and burden will have to be determined during actual implementation of the OCP. Holes will be bottom charged. To assess the requirement of explosives, the following powder factors have been taken into consideration: ➢ OB : 0.32 kg/cum ➢ Coal : 0.20 kg/cum On the basis of the above, the peak requirement explosive per day has been worked out to be about 4.0 tonnes.

2.17.2 Storage of explosive: The explosives will be stored properly as per guidelines issued by

controller of explosives with round the clock security. One portable magazine of 5 tonne capacity is proposed for which the necessary permissions shall be obtained.

2.17.3 Precaution during drilling & blasting:

(1) Sufficient warning signal need to be given in advance prior to blasting operation. Following precautions shall be taken to ensure safety of all in the danger zone:

(2) Wet drilling will be done (3) Suitable air respirator shall be provided to drillers. (4) Controlled blasting shall be done. (5) Proper stemming of holes shall be carried out. (6) Overcharging of holes will not be carried out. (7) Blasting will be carried out by qualified blaster. (8) Blasting will be done as per DGMS norms.

2.18 WATER REQUIREMENT & SOURCE:

The water requirement at mine site for both industrial and domestic purposes have been worked out and given inTable-2.23.

Table-2.23 Water Requirement (M3/day)

(A) Industrial Quantity m3/day

Source

1 Dust suppression 45 Mine water

2 Green belt 20 Mine water

Sub Total (A) 65

(B) Domestic 13 Tube well water

Sub Total (B) 13

Grand Total (A+B) 78

The total quantity of water will be gainfully utilized. NOC from Central Ground Water Authority is being sought for abstraction of ground water.



53

2.19 HYDROGEOLOGY

• The Marki Mangli -III is a part of Wardha Valley coalfield in Yawatmal district of Maharashtra. The present Hydrogeological study is for NOC of ground water clearance from CGWA for opencast mine which covers 2.75 sq. km. as core zone and buffer zone as 404 sq. km.

• The drainage of the area is mainly controlled by Penganga River a tributary of the Wardha River which confluence into Godavari River, ultimately joins to Bay of Bangal.

• The annual normal rainfall of study area considered for Yawatmal station is 1092.1 mm.

• The monsoon rainfall of 943 mm is considered for the groundwater recharge calculations.

• In major part of the block gradient of seam is 7.5 to 8°

• Method of mining is opencast for single seam.

• Location of proposed opencast is in high infiltration zone and during high intensity of rainfall there is possibility of high infiltration and accumulation of additional ground water during mining operation to the tune of 0.29 MCM. The loss of run off generation over 2.75 km2 has been estimated to the tune of (-) 0.26 MCM.

• It is estimated that about 2 Lakh m3 water is available in water pool caused by old working.

• The mode of occurrence of groundwater in the area is under unconfined, semi-confined leaky

condition. There is only one number of aquifers in the area of operation.

• The intersection of groundwater occur at 6.00 below ground level and present water level at mine face is 18 m below ground level.

• The pumping test analysis estimates the values of similar aquifer parameter mainly

transmissivity (67.3 m2/day) hydraulic conductivity (0.60 m/day) and specific yield 0.05 storativity (1 x 10-4).

• It is recorded that deep groundwater level of 18 m bgl exist on the mining block due to opencast mining is pre-monsoon in mine benches.

• The highest water table contour is 270 m MSL and lowest is in the order of 190 m MSL in buffer zone.

• In core zone water table ranges from 210 m to 220 m MSL under non mining condition

whereas under present mining condition it is 190 m MSL. The groundwater is also discharging into Penganga River under natural condition.

• The Gross groundwater recharge in buffer zone by rainfall infiltration method is 33.50MCM.

• The total ground water draft is 5.11 MCM. Additional allocation for domestic, industrial water requirement for 25 years is 0.76 MCM.

• Presently Ground water balance in buffer zone is 25.95 MCM.

• Groundwater pumping from proposed mine may be approximately 0.95 MCM on an average.

• Net groundwater balance after mine pumping may be 25.00 MCM.

• The level/stage of ground water development has been computed in ground water balance

study which shows 16%. This can be categorized under ‘Safe’, ‘White’ with less than 70% value.

• The analysis of the sample indicate that the water quality parameter are within the stipulated standard i.e., Class C of IS: 2296 limit. The PH is around 6.

• Long term modeling predict mine flow in the range of 638 m3/day to 3929 m3/day average being 2600 m3/day. The radius of influence where zero drawdown occur in water table have been predicted to the tune of 1700 m with rebound of 100 m from the centre of mine operation site. The drawdown and rebound of water table have also being predicted and established that 60% of water table may rebound after backfill.

• The opencast mining land-fill surface will act as good media for high ground water recharge

due to high induced permeability. Thus, opencast mine will act as a rainwater harvesting system and rebound of ground water level to the tune of 60% will occur.

• There will be net increase infiltration due to mining. This will result in increased ground water recharge to water system. After the cessation of mining, the ground water levels will recoup and attain normalcy. Thus, the impact on ground water system is a temporary phenomenon.



54

• Rainwater harvesting in and around Mine & Ruikot Village have been propose for Roof top Rain Water Harvesting. It is proposed to carry out nala bund and recharge pit with the strategies of simple and cost-effective technologies on water harvesting on local Ruikot Nala which can be implemented in mining areas more particularly adjoining to Northern border of mine lease and surrounding villages to minimize the basic problems of availability of water.

• The total rainfall to the tune of 0.9 Lakh M3 will be harvested in the project area.

• Based on mine plan the water requirement of 78 m3/day. The mine water will be gainfully

reused for mining & washery purposes (840 m3/day). The application for NOC for ground water clearance in respect of abstraction of mine water (2600m3/day) and tubewell water (13 m3/day) is being placed. Further, there is no change in status of safe category of ground water development even after start of mining.

2.20 TRANSPORT FROM MINE HEAD TO DESTINATION:

ROM coal from the quarry will be brought to the Surface by dumper of 16-18te and will be unloaded in the Crushing plant/feeder breaker (400tph) to crush the coal to-200mm size. The Crushed coal in tipping trucks loaded from Crusher from coal stock is proposed to be transported to end-use plant i.e sponge iron plant/ captive power plant which is located at a distance of about 70kms from the mine head. The coal shall be transported by road only. Sized and picked coal will be loaded into Tippers by Pay loader and dispatched to end-use plant/captive power plant. A provision of ground stock (10,000 Te approx.) has been envisaged. For reclamation of ground stock and loading into the trucks, 1 no. pay loader have been provided.

2.21 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT:

The mine will provide direct employment to 288 workers majority of them being in skilled category (268) and remaining in unskilled category (20) besides creating many indirect employment opportunities. Local persons will be given preference in employment as per their eligibility. Moreover, necessary training will be given in different trades viz., HEMM operations, drilling, dumper operation, etc. to the aspiring unemployed youths of the nearby villages. Besides this the youths will also be imparted training under various skill development programme organized under CSR activity to help them to secure suitable job.

2.22 APPROVALS AND IMPLEMENTATION:

The scheme of mining is approved for a coal production of 0.21 MTPA. The environmental clearance from the Ministry of Environment and Forest & Climate Change as per the prevailing laws is being sought. Consent from Maharashtra Pollution Control Board for establishment and operate shall also be obtained after getting the EC and before starting the production.

2.23 CONCEPTUAL PLAN:

During the conceptual period it is proposed to technically and biologically reclaim the mined out land and carry out plantation in the reclaimed area. The year wise details of technical and biological reclamation of mined out land are provided in Table 2.24 below:



55

Table: 2.24

Year Wise Details of Technical & Biological Reclamation of Mined Out Land

Year

AREA (Ha ) PLANTATION AREA ( Ha )

Excavation Backfilling Void Top Soil

Dump

Ext. Dump

Backfilling TS + Ext.

Dump

Infrastructure + Populated

Undisturbed land

Upto 31-3-15 16 - 16 - - - - - -

1st (2018-19) 19 - 19 1 2 - - 5 -

2nd (2019-20) 25 = 25 2 6 - - 10 -

3rd (2020-21) 31 6 25 3 10 6.00 5 15 -

5th (2022-23) 43 7 36 7 - 7.00 15 20 -

10th (2027-28) 74 27 47 - - 27 - - 90

15th (2032-33) 102 57 45 - - 57 - - -

18th (2035-36) 128 69 59 - - 69 - - -

22 year Post Closure Period - - - 69 - 25 -

128 69 59 7 13 69 20 25 90




56

The year wise proposed plantation programme is given in Table 2.25 below: Table: 2.25

Year Wise Proposed Plantation Programme

Year

LOCATION


Top Soil Dump

Ext. Dump Internal Dump

Agriculture Total

Area (ha) Area (ha) Area(ha) Area(ha) Area (ha) Area(ha)

Upto 31-3-15 - - - - - -

1st (2018-19) 5 1 2 8

2nd (2019-20) 5 1 4 10

3rd (2020-21) 5 1 4 10

4th (2021-22) 5 2 1 8

5th (2022-23) 2 2

6th (2023-24) 10 10

7th (2024-25) 5 10 15

8th (2025-26) 4 10 14

9th (2026-27) 4 10 14

10th (2027-28) 5 10 15

11th (2028-29) 7 10 17

12th (2029-30) 5 10 15

13th (2030-31) 7 10 17

14th (2031-32) 5 10 15

15th (2032-33) 8 8

16th (2033-34) 5 5

17th (2034-35) 7 7

18th (2035-36) 7 7

1st Year(2036-37) 2 1 3

2nd Year(2037-38) 1 1 2

3rd Year (2038-39) 2 2

TOTAL 25 7 13 69 90 204

It is proposed to plant 2000 local tree species per hectare in this area. Reclamation Plan and

Section is placed at Plate 2.11.

2.24 POST MINING CLOSURE PLAN: The post mining closure plan has been prepared in line with the regulatory provisions in vogue and has been duly approved by the MOC. As per the directives of MoEF & CC dated 19.09.2016 this closure plan forms a part of EMP (Refer Annexure 2.1). The details of the various activities to be undertaken under this plan will commence from the 14th year onwards and the Environmental Monitoring along with other allied activities will continue for three years beyond the actual date of stoppage of mining activities i.e. extraction of coal. The necessary financial provisions have to undertake all the activities have been made and in addition to this the deposit to be made by the Company towards Mine Closure in the Escrow account are outlined below:

2.24.1 Basis of Assessment of Escrow amount to be deposited: The Escrow amount of

mine closure cost with WPI at 178.42 (September 2017) works out Rs. 8.260 Lakh/ha for opencast mining.

• The project area is 282 ha. Therefore, the Escrow amounts will be chargeable for this

area due to OC operation as shown below in Table 2.26.

• The balance life of the project has only been considered for ESCROW amount calculation and the operational years of the past have been excluded.




57

Table 2.26 Derivation of Escrow Amount Related to OC

WPI as on August 2009 Aug.-09 129.60

W PI as on Base date "Base date for the Mining Plan / Mine closure plan" Sept.-17* 180.798

Escalation rate of Closure cost 1.395

Rate of Compounding of Annual closure cost 5.00%

OC

Base Rate of Closure cost "Rs. Crs. / Ha" 0.060

Closure cost "Rs. Crs. / Ha" 0.0837

Lease Area "Ha" 282

Amount to be deposited into Escrow Account 'Ks. Crs. / Ha"after compounding 05% "Rs.in Crs.

23.6034

Amount already deposited into Escrow Account "Rs. Crs. / Ha" Nil

Net Amount to be deposited into Escrow Account "Rs. Crs. / Ha" 23.6034

Balance Life of the Project "in Yrs" 19

Annual Closure cost "Rs. Crs. 1.2422842 (Source: Approved Mining Plan)

WP1 of Sept' 17 has been derived by multiplying 114.30 (published rate of Economic Advisor. Ministry of Commerce & Industry. Go! web-site) with the conversion factor 1.561(i.e.114.30 it 1.561 = 178.42). The cost to be deposited in every subsequent year will be 5% higher than the cost of the previous year and so on as given in Table 2.27.

2.24.2 Annual Closure Cost The calculations have been carried out as per Table 2.26 above and Escrow amount has been accordingly calculated and given in Table 2.27 for 18 years (the balance mine life):

Table: 2.27 Escrow Amount Accordingly Calculated

Year Amount( rs) Escalation (%) Cumulative

1 1.2422842 1.05 1.2422842

2 1.3043984 1.05 2.5466826

3 1.3696183 1.05 2.9163010

4 1.4380993 1.05 5.3544002

5 1.5100042 1.05 6.8644045

6 1.5855044 1.05 8.4499089

7 1.6647797 1.05 10.1146885

8 1.7480186 1.05 11.8627072

9 1.8354196 1.05 13.6981268

10 1.9271905 1.05 15.6253173

11 2.0235501 1.05 17.6488674

12 2.1247276 1.05 19.7735950

13 2.2309640 1.05 22.0045589

14 2.23425122 1.05 24.3470711

15 2.4596378 1.05 26.8067088

16 2.5826197 1.05 29.3893285

17 2.7117506 1.05 32.1010791

18 2.8473382 1.05 34.9484173

19 2.9897051 1.05 37.9381224

Total 37.93812236 (Source: Approved Mining Plan)




58

2.25 MINERAL TRANSPORT: The entire coal excavated from this mine shall brought to the surface by dumpers and will be uploaded in the crushing plant to crush the coal to 200 mm size be dispatched by road for end use at the Company’s 2x100 TPD Sponge Iron Plant and 11 MW Power Plant at Warora. The available public road network is adequate to handle this additional transport load. Considering 100% transport by road which works out to be 700 tonnes per day, a fleet of 35/40 dumpers of 20 tonnes capacity, would be required. M/s BSIL will contribute towards the proposed by-pass road for Village Mukutban to PWD as per their directives. Avenue plantation and dust suppression through this road will be regularly carried out.

2.26 MINERAL BENEFICIATION: Presently there is no proposal for any mineral beneficiation. However, considering the fact that the quality of coal in Marki- Mangli Block is high in sulphur and more than half of which is pyretic and requires to be treated for making it fit for industrial use i.e. production of sponge Iron, The company; which initially had proposed to get this coal washed through outsourcing, has now, in view of the life of the mine being 18 years, proposed to set up its own pit-head washery on the land of the existing mine lease area in the second phase. Separate application for obtaining environmental clearance and other clearances shall be made at appropriate time for setting up of the proposed washery.

2.27 SAFETY & MINERAL CONSERVATION: The mining plan to achieve the target production has been drawn, keeping all the safety aspects in view. Required measures have been taken to prevent dust emission and fire incidences etc. In addition, due care shall be taken to provide required facilities as per mines rules. First-aid stations and rescue station shall be set up at various places. A safety organization shall also be established at the project level. Special precautions in respect of high voltage equipments, battery charging station etc. will be taken. Provisions of all relevant Acts, Rules, Regulations, Bye-laws, etc. shall be followed.

2.28 SITE SERVICES: The proposed opencast mine has a production capacity of 700 TPD over a life span of 18 years. This requires provision of essential services, storage and workshop facilities besides statutory, safety and welfare measures for personnel employed. Some of facilities envisaged to be provided at site are as follows: A) Service Buildings and Provisions

a. Electrical sub-station (11KV/550V) b. Explosive magazine (5 Te.) c. Maintenance shed for HEMM (including washing facility with parking space). d. Weigh bridge e. Diesel storage and filling station f. Offices g. Storage for spares h. Machines other than HEMM viz. crane,water sprinkler, tractor with trailor, front end loader, explosive van etc.

B) Statutory and Welfare Provision i. First aid room/station ii. Canteen/rest shelter iii. Drinking water iv. Urinals & toilets v. Adequate lighting arrangement vi. Maintenance workshop vii. Ambulance

C) Others i. Illumination of Haul roads, quarries, dumps and buildings. ii. Telephone and communication facilities iii. Stockyard for coal iv. Dust suppression and firefighting arrangement.




59

CHAPTER-3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 BACKGROUND

In compliance of EIA Notification S.O.1533 (E) of September 14, 2006 and subsequent notifications, prior environment clearance is required to be obtained from Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) of Ministry of Environment and Forest & Climate Change (MoEF & CC) for the Marki-Mangli Coal Block-III. The Marki-Mangli Coal Block-III is located at villages Ardhwan, Bhendala, Ruikot, Mukutban, Tehsil Zari-Jamni, District Yavatmal, Maharashtra, The mine lease area is 275 Ha and the project is categorized as “Category A” project as per EIA Notification 2006.

3.2 MARKI-MANGLI COAL BLOCK-III MINING PROJECT The Marki-Mangli Coal Block-III has been developed and worked for extraction of coal by opencast mining within boundaries of allocated 275 ha area in the vicinity of the villages Ardhwan, Bhendala, Ruikot and Mukutban, Tehsil- Zari-Jamni, District- Yavatmal, Maharashtra by the previous allotee M/S Shree Virangana Steels Pvt. Ltd. after having received the environmental clearance during 2011 – 2015, the details of which are as under: 1) Commencement of Mining : 2011 2) Excavated area : 23.29 Ha 3) OB : 37,65,429 cum 4) Coal Production : 6,44,112 Tone 5) Mine suspension date : 07.01.2015 As per the direction of MoEF & CC, a fresh environmental clearance is required to be obtained for the proposed mining operation by the present allotee M/s BSIL. Hence, fresh baseline environmental quality data encompassing on environmental quality data has been collected in the project region. This report presents the baseline data, associated in impacts together with an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to minimize/mitigate adverse impacts and maximize project benefits. Various components of environment viz. air, noise, water, soil including socio-economic aspects

3.3 PRESENT ENVIRONMENTAL SCENARIO The mine lease area of the Marki-Mangli Coal Block-III mine comprises of private agriculture land and government waste land. Various features of the existing environment are described below:

a) Population – The study area is pre-dominantly agricultural and non-forest land. The population density and traffic movement in the proposed mining area is low.

b) Industrial activities - The area is under-developed and has no major or medium industries or allied activities.

c) Topography and Drainage – The topography of the area is flat to slightly undulating with isolated hillocks. The drainage of the area is controlled by natural/seasonal gullies and streams which ultimately flow in to the adjoining nallah.

d) Climate – The climate is characterized by hot summer, well distributed rainfall during the southwest monsoon and general dryness. The winter season is from December to February followed by summer season from March to May. The monsoon season is from June to September while October and November are the post-monsoon months.

e) Agriculture – Due to heavy rains falling over a short period and lack of storage facility for rain water, most of the rain water flows down into the natural water courses. As such, most of the agriculture fields are left fallow due to lack of irrigation facilities for almost 8 months in a year and thus agriculture remains as rain fed single crop.




60

3.4 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY DATA

As per Terms of Reference (TOR) prescribed by MoEF & CC for the project, the baseline environmental quality data in respect of.

a) Air b) Noise c) Water d) Soil e) Landuse/Land cover f) Socio-economic has been collected through primary surveys as well information /data obtained from secondary sources like Govt. departments & other concerned agencies.

The baseline data have been collected during March - May 2016 in the study area covering 10 km around the Marki-Mangli Coal Block-III. The study area map covering mining lease (275 ha) as core zone and 10 km radius around core zone as buffer zone is depicted in Figure 3.1 and important features of 10 km buffer zone are given in Table 3.1. The summarized data is given in Annexure 3.1.

Figure 3.1: Study Area Map Showing Core and Buffer Zone

N

POND

RAILWAY 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Metres 1000Km.

STREAMS

RIVER / NALA

ROAD

HABITATION

FOREST AREA

MINE LEASE BOUNDARY

INDEX

78°50'78°45' 78°55'

19°50'

19°45' 19°45'

19°50'

78°55'78°50'78°45'

KEY PLAN

VILLAGE :- HIVARDARA,TAHSIL :- ZARI JAMNI,DIST :- YAVATMAL

B S ISPAT LTD PROJECT PROPONENT

MARKI MANGLI III COOL MINE

TOPOSHEET NO :- 56 I/13, 56 I/14 56 I/9

SEKAPUR RF

Canal

RF

Chinchghat

Marki khurd

Ganeshpur khurd

Marki buzurg

Krishanapur

Hivardara

Paunar

Pandharkavada

Pilkiwadhona

Dongargaon

Sindiwadhona

Nerad

Kosora

savli

Pimprod

Parsola

Yedsi

AdegaonAmlan

Chilai

PAUNAR RESERVED FOREST

RESERVED FOREST

RUIKOT RESERVED FOREST

CHILAI RF

AKAPUR RF

Upa

sha

Nal

a

Dodhani N

ala

.

Rampur

Khadki

Laliya Nala

Tivsa

di N

ala

Vaidarbha R

iver

Shiv Nala

Mukutban

PROTECTED FOREST

Pimprod

Bahilampur

Bhendara

Mangli

Ardwan

Hirapur

BahilampurRajpur

Mangrur

mainly dhandia

Hirapur

KhogdurKapsi

Dehgoon

Muhabbatpur

Patan

Kabar

Ramkham

Pohar

Govindpur

Kothoda BuzarMehindl

Khatera

Yavati

Sirola

Mangurla Budrug

KhadakdohDhodapad

JamniJhari

Birshapeth

Khabada

Patan

Durbha

Raipur

Sangwi

Sangwi

Durbha

Sekapur

Mangurla Khurd

Tundra

Durgadih

Bha

duk

Nal

a

Ruikot

Centra

l Rai

lway

Wan

i

PENGANGA RIVER

Ganeshpur

Ganeshpur Buzurg

Kotla

Raipur

Kothoda Buzurg




61

Table 3.1 Salient Features of Study Area (10 km Buffer zone)

Sr. No. Features Details Distance

1. Village (Nearest) Bhendala Ardwan Savli Ruikot

0.5 km (S) 0.5 km (NW) 0.5 km (N) Within Core xon

2. River, Reservoir Nallah

Penganga Vaidarbha Nadi Mukutban Reservoir Bhaduk Nallah Upasha Nallah Other two seasonal nallahs.

5.0 km (S) 9.5 km (NE) 2.0 km (E) 1.0 km (W) Passing from NW corner of the ML Passing from central and SE part of the ML

3. Reserved Forest Ruikot RF Paunar RF shekapur RF Chilai RF Ardhwan RF Akapur RF Unnamed RF

0.8 km (N) 6.5 km (N) 1.6 km (W) 6.5 km (E) 1.6 Km(W) 8.5 km (E) 0.5 Km (S)

Protected Forest PF Unnamed 6.0 km (SE)

4. National Highway - -

State Highway SH-234 0.10 Km

5. Industries /Mines Marki-Mangli I,II and IV Coal Mines Various Limestone and Dolomite Mines Various Stone Quarries with Crushers

Within 2 km radius Within 10 km radius

6. Railway Line Majri-Adilabad 1 km(S)

7. Archeological Monument None -

8. National Park None -

9. Wildlife Sanctuary None -

10 Interstate Boundary Maharashtra- Telangana 4.50 km (S)

There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Defense Installation or Sensitive Area within 15 km radius of the proposed mine. The Tipeshwar Wildlife Sanctuary and Eco Sensitive Zone is more than 30 Km in west direction.

3.5 METHODOLOGY FOR BASELINE DATA COLLECTION:

• Conducting reconnaissance in the study area;

• Selecting sampling locations for monitoring air, noise, water, soil and other components of

environment.

• Collection of primary data through field monitoring and recording observations

• Collection of secondary data from Govt. Offices and other concerned agencies.

3.6 METEOROLOGY:

Metrological data was collected as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian

Standards (IS - 8829) and India Meteorological Department (IMD). A Central Monitoring Station




62

Calm

N

EW

S

%

1 - 5 11 - 156 - 10 16 - 20

Wind speed in Kmph

4 %

N.T.S

20%12%

9%

8%

6%

5%9%

27%

N

NE

E

SESSW

W

NW

Calm

(CMS) was set up with continuous monitoring equipment at Marki-Mangli Coal Block-III village at

a height of about 3 m above ground level to record wind speed, wind direction, temperature,

relative humidity & rain fall. The meteorological monitoring station was located in such a way that

it was free from any obstructions and as per the guidelines specified under IS - 8829.

Table – 3.2 Accuracy of Meteorological Equipment

Sr. No. Sensor Accuracy

1. Wind speed Sensor ± 1 m/s

2. Wind direction Sensor ± 3 degrees

3. Temperature Sensor ± 0.5 0C

The observations were recorded from March 2016 to May 2016 and discussed below:

3.6.1 Wind Speed and Wind Direction:

The wind speed and wind directions were recorded on hourly basis. Hourly wind speed and wind directions were recorded. It was observed that about 4% of total time, the wind was calm i.e. the speed was less than 1 km/hr. The predominant wind directions (27 %) were from W, (20 %) from NW (12%) from N (9%) from N & SW and (8%) from E. Average wind speed was 5.6 km/hr. The wind rose diagram for AAQ monitoring period is given in Figure 3.2.

3.6.2 Temperature and Humidity: May is the hottest month in Yavatmal with the mean daily

maximum temperature rising up to 42oC - 43oC and the mean daily minimum being about 270 - 28oC. Occasionally the day temperature rises up to 48oC. The mean daily maximum & minimum temperatures in December winter are 28.0oC and 12.8oC respectively. The recorded temperature and humidity values during the monitoring period are given in Annexure 3.2 & Annexure 3.3 respectively.

3.6.3 Rainfall: The normal annual rainfall in the district is 1092 mm. The rainfall generally

increases from the northwest towards the southeast. Ner, near the northwestern border of the district receives annually 870.3 mm rainfall while Panderkowra near the southeast border receives 1145.7mm rainfall. The mean monthly rainfall data taken from Yavatmal observatory is given in Table 3.3 below:

Table – 3.3 Monthly Mean Rainfall at Yavatmal

Month Rainfall, mm

Jan : 10.7

Feb : 6.4

Mar : 17.1

Apr : 12.9

May : 20.6

Jun : 191.1

Jul : 291.0

Aug : 283.2

Sep : 177.3

Oct : 54.0




63

Month Rainfall, mm

Nov : 15.4

Dec : 12.4

TOTAL : 1092.1 mm

Note: Heaviest rainfall recorded in 24 hrs. –256.6 mm on 12.06.1970 Source: IMD Observatory, Yavatmal

3.7 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY:

To assess the baseline ambient air quality, 9 air quality monitoring locations were selected on the basis of topography and meteorological parameters in core and buffer zone. One station was located in core zone and 8 in the buffer zone. The study area represents totally rural environment. The details of ambient air quality monitoring stations are given in Table 3.4 and shown in Figure 3.3.

Table – 3.4

Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Station code

Name of Village /Station

Distance from ML area

Direction From

ML area

Location wrt to ML area

A-1 Mine lease area - - Core Zone

A-2 Khapri village 4.0 km W Upwind direction

A-3 Ardwan village 0.5 km NW Upwind direction

A-4 Sawli village 0.5 km N Upwind direction

A-5 Mukutban village 2.0 km E Downwind direction

A-6 Pimprod village 2.5 km SE Downwind direction

A-7 Hirapur village 3.5 km S Downwind direction

A-8 Bhendala village 0.5 km S Nearest village

A-9 Ganeshpur village 5.5 km NE Downwind direction




64

Upa

sha

Nal

a

Bha

duk

Nal

a

N

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Metres 1000Km.

78°50'78°45' 78°55'

19°50'

19°45' 19°45'

19°50'

78°55'78°50'78°45'

TOPOSHEET NO :- 56 I/13, 56 I/14 56 I/9

Chinchghat

Marki khurd

Ganeshpur khurd

Marki buzurg

Krishanapur

Adkoli

Hivardara

Paunar

Pandharkavada

Pilkiwadhona

Dongargaon

Sindiwadhona

Nerad

Kosora

Savli

Pimprod

Parsola

Yedsi

AdegaonAmlan

Chilai

Dodhani N

ala

Rampur

Khadki

Laliya Nala

Tivsa

di N

ala

Vaidarbha R

iver

Shiv Nala

Mukutban

Pimprod

Bahilampur

Bhendara

Mangli

Ardwan

Hirapur

BahilampurRajpur

Mangrur

Hirapur

KhogdurKapsi

Dehgoon

Muhabbatpur

Patan

Kabar

Ramkham

Pohar

Govindpur

Kothoda Buzar

Khatera

Yavati

Sirola

Mangurla Budrug

KhadakdohDhodapad

JamniJhari

Birshapeth

Khabada

Patan

Durbha

Raipur

Sangwi

Sangwi

Durbha

Sekapur

Mangurla Khurd

Tundra

Durgadih

Ruikot

PENGANGA RIVER

Ganeshpur

Ganeshpur Buzurg

Kotla

Raipur

Kothoda Buzurg

POND

RIVER / NALA

ROAD

HABITATION

MINE LEASE BOUNDARY

INDEX

AIR MONITORING STATIONS

AIR MONITORING STATIONS

AQ-1

AQ-2 AQ-3AQ-4

AQ-5

AQ-6

AQ-7

AQ-8

AQ-9

Figure 3.3: Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations




65

As per the prescribed TOR, air pollutants viz. PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX), Ozone (O3), Carbon Monoxide (CO) & Heavy Metals were monitored as representative parameters of ambient air quality in the study area.

air samples were collected on 24-hourly basis twice a week at each site. The samples were

collected continuously for 13 weeks beginning from March 2016 to May 2016 and were

preserved and analyzed as per the standard methods recommended in Standard Operating

Procedure (SOP) of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB, 2011). A fresh monitoring has

been carried out at 4 locations for 4 weeks from 13.03.2018 to 08.04.2018 with the objective

of updating the earlier data.

The samples were analyzed by gravimetric, colorimetric and atomic absorption spectrophotometric (AAS) methods as per standard methods specified by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB 2011).

3.7.1 Results and Discussion:The results of air quality monitoring are discussed below and

compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards(Refer: GSR 826(E) dated 16th Nov. 2009).

Particulate Matter (PM10): The maximum PM10 concentration covering all the air quality monitoring stations i.e. A-1 to A-9 were observed in the range of 42.2 - 54.7 µg/m3. Almost all the stations have PM10 concentrations less than half of 24 hours average permissible limit i.e. 100 µg/m3 as prescribed by MoEF & CC for industrial, residential, rural and other area.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5): The maximum PM2.5 concentration covering all the air quality monitoring stations A-1 to A-9 were observed in the range of 19.5 - 29.7µg/m3 as against the NAAQ Standards of MoEF & CC prescribed limit of 60 µg/m3 for industrial, residential, rural and other areas.

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2): The maximum SO2 concentrations covering all sampling stations A-1 to A-9 were in the range of 12.4 -19.4 µg/m3. All monitored stations have SO2 concentrations well within the stipulated (annual 24 hours) limit of 80 µg/m3 as prescribed for industrial, residential, rural and other areas under revised NAAQ Standards of MoEF & CC.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX): The maximum NOx concentrations covering all sampling stations A-1 to A-9 were observed in the range of 16.7 - 25.9 µg/m3. All monitored stations have NOX concentrations well within the stipulated (annual 24 hours) limit of 80 µg/m3 as prescribed for industrial, residential, rural and other areas under NAAQ Standards of MoEF & CC. Heavy Metals: Representative samples from all sampling stations were collected and analyzed for heavy metals i.e. Lead, Arsenic & Nickel. The concentrations of heavy metals were observed below detectable limit at all the stations. Free Silica: A few samples of PM10 were analyzed for free silica which was found to be always below 0.0001 percent.

In summary, the ambient air quality of Marki-Mangli Coal Block-III mine area and its buffer zone showed that the concentrations of all monitored parameters were within the stipulated standards of MoEF & CC.

The results of old monitoring (March 2016 to May 2016 )are given in Annexure 3.4A whereas, fresh monitoring result is given in Annexure 3.4B the data are given in Annexure– 3.5.




66

3.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT:

The details are presented in Table 3.5 and Annexure 3.6 respectively. The location of

monitoring stations is shown in Figure 3.4.

Table – 3.5 Details of noise level monitoring locations

Sample code

Description Distance from

Lease area Direction

N-1 Mine lease area - -

N-2 Khapri village 4.0 km W

N-3 Ardwan village 0.5 km NW

N-4 Sawli village 0.5 km N

N-5 Mukutban village 2.0 km E

N-6 Pimprod village 2.5 km SE

N-7 Hirapur village 3.5 km S

N-8 Bhendala village 0.5 km S

N-9 Ganeshpur village 5.5 km NE




67

`

Figure 3.4: Map Showing Locations of Noise Level Monitoring

Upa

sha

Nal

a

Bha

duk

Nal

a

N

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Metres 1000Km.

78°50'78°45' 78°55'

19°50'

19°45' 19°45'

19°50'

78°55'78°50'78°45'

TOPOSHEET NO :- 56 I/13, 56 I/14 56 I/9

POND

RIVER / NALA

ROAD

HABITATION

MINE LEASE BOUNDARY

INDEX

NOISE MONITORING STATIONS

NOISE MONITORING STATIONS

Marki khurd

Ganeshpur khurd

Marki buzurg

Krishanapur

Adkoli

Hivardara

Paunar

Pandharkavada

Pilkiwadhona

Dongargaon

Sindiwadhona

Nerad

Kosora

Pimprod

Parsola

Yedsi

AdegaonAmlan

Chilai

Rampur

Khadki

Mukutban

Pimprod

Bahilampur

Bhendara

Mangli

Hirapur

BahilampurRajpur

Mangrur

Hirapur

Khogdur

Dehgoon

Muhabbatpur

Patan

Kabar

Ramkham

Pohar

Govindpur

Kothoda Buzar

Khatera

Yavati

Sirola

Mangurla Budrug

JamniJhari

Birshapeth

Khabada

Patan

Durbha

Raipur

Sangwi

Sangwi

Durbha

Mangurla Khurd

Tundra

Durgadih

PENGANGA RIVER

Ganeshpur

Ganeshpur Buzurg

Kotla

Raipur

Kothoda Buzurg

SavliArdwan Ruikot

Sekapur

ChinchghatKhadakdohDhodapad

Kapsi

N-1

N-2 N-3 N-4

N-5

N-6

N-7

N-8

N-9




68

Noise level were measured at nine (N-1 to N-9) stations for one day in May 2016 continuously for 24-hours with one hour interval starting from 0600 hrs to 0600 hrs next day. The noise levels monitoring was carried out on working day (excluding Sunday and Public Holiday), the day of normal activities. During each hour Leq were directly computed by the instrument based on the sound pressure levels. Lday (Ld), Ldn values were computed using corresponding hourly Leq of day and night respectively. Monitoring was carried out at ‘A’ response (slow mode) and at fast mode.

Table – 3.6

National Ambient Noise Level Standards

Area Code

Category of Area Limits in dB(A) Leq

Day time Night time

A Industrial Area 75 70

B Commercial Area 65 55

C Residential Area 55 45

D Silence Zone** 50 40

** Day time is from 6.00 am to 10.00 pm Silence zone is defined as area up to 100 meters around premises of hospitals, educational institutions and courts. Use of vehicle horns, loud speakers and bursting of crackers are banned in these zones. The noise Levels in the Marki-Mangli Coal Block III lease buffer zone were observed in the range of 38.8 - 53.8 dB (A) covering all the 9 monitoring stations which are below the prescribed regulatory limits.

3.9 WATER ENVIRONMENT:

The water qualitymonitoring locations in buffer zone were selected based on the drainage

pattern of the area, including the following features.

1. Toposheet maps to identify major water bodies;

2. Location of quarry/residential areas, their water intake points;

3. Existing water sources both ground and surface like dug well, hand pump, nallah etc. In all, five (5) ground water and six (6) surface water samples were selected in 10 km buffer zone of Mine Lease area. The details are presented in Table 3.7 and depicted in Figure 3.5.

Table – 3.7 Location of Water Sampling Stations

Sr. No.

Sampling Station Sample

code

Sr. No. Sampling Station

Sample code

Ground Water Surface Water

1. Ardwan village GW-1 1 Upasha nallah (U/S) SW-1

2. Sawli village GW-2 2 Upasha nallah(D/S) SW-2

3. Bhendala village GW-3 3 Mukutban Village SW-3

4. Hirapur village GW-4 4 Bhaduk Nallah at Ardwan village SW-4

5. Mangli village GW-5 5 Penganga River SW-5

6 Nallah west direction of Mukutban tank

SW-6




69

Figure 3.5: Location of Surface & Ground Water Sampling Stations

N

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Metres 1000Km.

78°50'78°45' 78°55'

19°50'

19°45' 19°45'

19°50'

78°55'78°50'78°45'

TOPOSHEET NO :- 56 I/13, 56 I/14 56 I/9

SavliArdwan Ruikot

Sekapur


GROUND & SURFACE WATER SAMPLING STATIONS

POND

RIVER / NALA

ROAD

HABITATION

MINE LEASE BOUNDARY

INDEX

SURFACE WATER

GROUND WATER SAMPLING STATIONS

SAMPLING STATIONS

Marki khurd

Ganeshpur khurd

Marki buzurg

Krishanapur

Adkoli

Hivardara

Paunar

Pandharkavada

Pilkiwadhona

Dongargaon

Sindiwadhona

Nerad

Kosora

Pimprod

Parsola

Yedsi

AdegaonAmlan

Chilai

Rampur

Khadki

Mukutban

Pimprod

Bahilampur

Bhendara

Mangli

Hirapur

BahilampurRajpur

Mangrur

Hirapur

Khogdur

Dehgoon

Muhabbatpur

Patan

Kabar

Ramkham

Pohar

Govindpur

Kothoda Buzar

Khatera

Yavati

Sirola

Mangurla Budrug

JamniJhari

Birshapeth

Khabada

Patan

Durbha

Raipur

Sangwi

Sangwi

Durbha

Mangurla Khurd

Tundra

Durgadih

PENGANGA RIVER

Ganeshpur

Ganeshpur Buzurg

Kotla

Raipur

Kothoda BuzurgKapsi

GW-1 GW-2

GW-3

GW-4

GW-5

SW-1

SW-2SW-3

SW-4

SW-5

SW-6

Upa

sha

Nala

Dodhani N

ala

Tivsa

di N

ala

Bha

duk

Nala




70

Samples of ground and surface water were collected and analyzed as per the procedures specified in “Standards Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water‟ published by American Public Health Association (APHA) 21st edition. Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys whereas, samples for metal content were collected acidified with 1.0 ml HNO3. Bacteriological samples were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Uniform protocol on water quality monitoring as specified by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (2005) was followed for selection of parameters.

The characteristics of ground and surface water samples are presented inAnnexure – 3.7A (May 2016) and Annexure 3.7B (March 2018) along with desirable as well as permissible limits for each parameter prescribed by the Indian Standard: BIS 10500:2012 and amendments thereof and the results of analysis are discussed below.

Organoleptic Parameter

I. Ambient Temperature: The ambient temperature encompassing all ground water samples varied from 26.0 to 27.2oC while that of surface water samples varied from 28.0 to 28.5o C.

II. Colour, Odour & Taste: These parameters determine aesthetic characteristics of water and are checked at site. All these surface and ground water samples were observed to be colorless and did not have any objectionable odour and taste.

III. Turbidity: Turbidity of all surface and ground water samples was observed in the range of 3.1

to 4.8 and 1.2 to 3.4 respectively and was lower than the permissible limit (5 NTU) as prescribed in IS : 10500 - 2012.

Chemical Parameters

I. pH Value: The pH values of all surface water samples ranged between 7.9 and 8.5 pH,

whereas those of ground water samples varied between 7.2 and 8.3. These values are within the acceptable pH range of 6.5 to 8.5 as per IS 10500:2012 standards for drinking water.

II. Dissolved Oxygen: All surface water samples showed dissolved oxygen levels ranging from 6.4 to 6.5 mg/l which is good as expected. The existing pit water sample showed DO as 4.5 mg/L.

III. Dissolved Solids: All surface water samples showed dissolved solids concentration from 284 to 695 mg/l whereas all ground water samples showed dissolved solids ranging from 596 to 991 mg/l which are below permissible limit of 2000 mg/l as per IS 10500:2012.

IV. Chlorides: The chloride concentrations in all surface water samples were 57.6 to 67.5 mg/l and 59.6 to 129 mg/l in ground water respectively. These values are below acceptable limit of 250 mg/l as prescribed in IS 10500:2012.

V. Sulphates: The sulphate concentrations in all surface water samples were 24.4 to 188 mg/l, and 59.2 to 172.4 mg/l in ground water respectively. These values are below permissible limit of 400 mg/l as prescribed in IS 10500:2012.

VI. Total Hardness: All surface water samples showed hardness values ranging from 120 to 260 mg/l whereas all ground water samples showed hardness values from 320 to 376 mg/l which are below the permissible limit of 600 mg/l as prescribed in IS 10500:2012.

• Health Related Parameters

I. Fluorides: All surface water and ground water samples have fluoride content in the range of 0.2 to 1.0 mg/l which are within permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l as per IS 10500:2012.

II. Nitrate : All ground and surface water samples have low nitrate concentrations i.e. 0.3 to 3.0 mg/l, which are much below the acceptable limit of 45 mg/l as per IS 10500:2012.

III. Heavy Metals: Heavy metals namely Boron and other trace elements in all water samples were either absent or below their respective permissible limits.

IV. Total Coliforms: The total coliforms count in all ground water samples was <3 MPN/100 ml whereas it was <1100 MPN/100 ml in surface water samples implying that the surface water




71

samples were contaminated. This could be attributed to surface runoff entering these water sources.

In summary, overall quality of water samples indicated that the water quality of all the sources is satisfactory of the area are not polluted except the surface water samples which showed bacteriological contamination possibly from surface run-off.

3.10 HYDROLOGY & HYDROGEOLOGY:

3.10.1 Drainage: The core zone (2.75 km2) area is drained by Upasa local nala micro basin.

Another Local Ruhikot nala is also passing through mine. Both micro basins are part of Penganga sub basin. The Penganga River is confluencing into Wardha River basin. The details of micro basin area are given in Table 3.8 and the map showing drainage basin of buffer zone is placed at Figure 3.6.

Table-3.8

Part of Penganga River Basin Catchment Area up to Mine

S.N. Micro-Basin Area of catchment

1. Upasa River 4.03

2. Ruhikot 3.22

Total 7.25




72

Figure- 3.6: Drainage Basin of Buffer Zone

N

POND

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Metres 1000Km.

STREAMS

RIVER / NALA

MINE LEASE BOUNDARY

INDEX

78°50'78°45' 78°55'

19°50'

19°45' 19°45'

19°50'

78°55'78°50'78°45'

DRAINAGE MAP




TOPOSHEET NO :- 56 I/13, 56 I/14 56 I/9

Upa

sha

Nal

a

Dodhani N

ala

Laliya Nala

Tivsa

di N

ala

Vaidarbha R

iver

Bha

duk

Nal

a

PENGANGA R

4.35

Km

.

DRAINAGE MAP : 10 KM RADIUS




73

3.11 HYDROLOGIC IMPACT ASSESSMENT: Considering UNDP model applicable to the study area, a relationship on unit area basis has been attempted to analyze the hydrologic impact assessment in pre and post-mining conditions.

3.11.1 Rainfall – Surface runoff Relationship: Based on UNDP study, the analysis of surface

runoff in the project depicts the anticipated hydrologic consequences of mining operation. A perusal of Table- 3.9 & Figure 3.6 indicates that there will be reduction in surface flow in opencast mine area (Figure 3.7).

Table 3.9 Change in Surface Runoff (Annual)

Phase/Condition Normal rainfall in mm

monsoon

Area of Mine Km2

Run off Coefficients

Run off MCM

Change in Runoff

Pre mining 943 2.75 0.25 0.65

Post Opencast Mining 943 2.75 0.15 0.39 -0.26

Figure 3.7: Change in Surface Runoff (Annual)

It can thus be inferred that due to mining there will be reduction in flow in the drainage and increase in induced infiltration in the area. The induced infiltration will contribute to drainage as groundwater runoff for the longer period of utilization. Apart from the surface flow, the Ruhikot Micro sub-basin has little ground water runoff. During mining it will be increased by addition of mine inflow into the system.

3.11.2 Rainfall – Recharge Relationship: A study done by UNDP has established a model to

calculate induced recharge from normal rainfall over the land in different conditions. The same model is applied to the present project area and the output is given in Table-3.10 and depicted in Figure 3.8.

Table -3.10 Change in Infiltration (Annual)

Phase/Condition Normal Monsoon

rainfall in mm

Area of Mine Km2

Infiltration coefficient

MCM Change in Infiltration from Rainfall, MCM

Pre-mining 943 2.75 0.10 0.26 0.29

Post O/C mining 943 2.75 0.21 0.55




74

The induced infiltration in post-mining period will increase due to propagation of cracks and shattering of formation.

Figure 3.8: Change in Infiltration (Annual)

3.11.3 Conclusion: The hydrologic impact assessment in pre and post-mining condition reveals

that in the opencast mining area there will be induced recharge due to heavy withdrawal of water from the system and creation of high infiltration zone. The blasting in opencast mine will accelerate induced infiltration which will limit the radius of influence in opencast mine, during mining and post-mining period. There will be reduction in surface flow to the extent of 0.26 MCM due to high infiltration zone created by mining. As a consequence there will be rise in infiltration of rain water to recharge ground water which will to the tune of 0.29 MCM.

3.11.4 Water Pool in Mine: The mine has been worked by previous owner and an area of 252553

m2 has been excavated in the eastern part. The water pool is existing in old working mine. The water availability has been estimated as detailed in Table below based on the normal monsoon rainfall of 943 mm, runoff coefficient 0.25, mine seepage 638 m3/day and evaporation loss @ 25 percentage is given in Table 3.11.

Table 3.11

Sl. No. Activity Water m3

1 Surface runoff 59539

2 Mine inflow seepage 232870

3 Total 292400

4 Evaporation (-) 73 102

5 Net availability of water in mine 2,19,307

It is estimated that water available in the existing mine will be of the order of 219307 m3 with correction factor of 25 % plus &minus.

3.12 HYDROGEOLOGICAL REGIME: 3.12.1 Groundwater: Ground water occurs below the water table in the intergranular pore spaces

of in consolidated and semi consolidated formation representing voleanic basalt, Barakar sand stone and Tachir Shale coupled with Vindhyan sandstone & limestone. The double porosity system is encountered in aquifer of buffer zone. The core zone is covered by only Barakar sandstone.

3.12.2 Aquifer: The core zone constitutes aquifer system of Kamthi and Barakar formation covered

by a layer of soil, lithology being black cotton soil and sandy soil. The aquifer system comprises of unconfined and semi confined leaky indurated sandstone. The aquifer system is

0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

Pre mining Post Opencastmining

Change in Runoff

0.26

0.55

0.29

CHANGE IN INFILTRATION (ANNUAL)




75

having double porosity, one being the primary porosity of inter-granular void spaces and the other being secondary porosity formed due to joints and fracture. These together form a conduit system making this formation good aquifer for movement and storage of groundwater. The aquifer system of buffer zone also comprises of Talcher shale, Basalt and Vindhyan sandstone & Lime stone. The aquifer characteristics are given in Table 3.12.

Table-3.12 Aquifer characteristics

Sr. No. Aquifer Average Depth Range (M)

Lithological Units

Core Buffer

1 Unconfined 00-20 Soil/Detrial mantle weathered sandstone. Small patch covered by Tacher.

Alluvium / D. M. /Weathered Barakar sandstone, Talcher shale, Basalt, Vindhyan formation.

2 Semi-Unconfined

Beyond 20 Sandstone above coal seam.

Barakar sandstone & Talcher shale,Basalt (Deccantrap) Sandstone, Limestone and dolomite of Vindhyan formation.

The development of coal seam and shale in the roof of open cast mine behave as aquicludes. The sandstone bed above working coal seam is the main potential aquifer and will be the major source for inflow into the mine.

3.12.3 General Aquifer Parameters : No specific hydrogeological study for evaluation of aquifer

parameters has been done in this block. However, UNDP has carried out aquifer test in Wardha Valley Coal Field; a Project entitled “Modelling & Control of Water System in Coal Mine” through CMPDI. The aquifer parameters, evaluated by CMPDI at Rajur Open Cast mine of similar rift valley configuration, have been considered and attributed to this coal block. The aquifer parameters for model input being considered for this block are given in Table-3.13.

Table-3.13 The aquifer parameters

Sr. No. Aquifer Parameter Values attributed to Marki MangliProject.

1. Hydraulic Conductivity (M/d) 0.60

2. Transmissivity (m2/day) 67.3

3. Storativity 1x10-4

4 Specific yield Gondwana sand stone 0.05

Basalt and Vindhyan sand stone 0.03

Talcher shale 0.02

3.13 GROUND WATER LEVEL: A well inventory of 43 dug wells and hand pumps have been done in the core zone and buffer zone. The water level in core zone during pre-monsoon is 7.5 m average while during post monsoon it is 2.50 m bgl In buffer zone the depth to water level in pre-monsoon varies between 4.40 to 15.10 m bgl average being 8.0 m bgl while during post monsoon it is 0.50 m to 10.6 m bgl average being 3 m bgl. The average water level fluctuating between two extreme seasons in core zone is 5 m whereas in buffer zone it is 6 m, 5 m, 4 m and 3 m in Gondwana sand stone, Basalt, Vindhyan sand stone and Talcher formations respectively. Locations of observation wells are given in Figure 3.9.




76

Figure 3.9: Location of observation well

LOCATION MAP OF HYDROGRAPHIC

2425-26

27-28

29-30

31

32

33

34

35

3637

38

39

40

41

42

43

Ruikot

35

Sirola

Mangurla Budrug

Khadakdoh

Dhodapad

AmniJhari

Birshapeth

Khabada

Patan

Durbha

Raipur

Sangwi

Sangwi

Durbha

Sekapur

N

POND

RAILWAY

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Metres 1000Km.

RIVER / NALA

ROAD

HABITATION

MINE LEASE BOUNDARY

INDEX

78°45'78°40' 78°50'

19°50'

19°45' 19°45'

19°50'

HYDROGRAPHIC - NET WORK STATION

78°40' 78°45' 78°50'

NET WORK STATION

PREPARED BY - SRUSHTI SEWA , NAGPUR

TOPOSHEET NO :- 56 I/13/14, I-9

B S ISPAT LTD

1-2 3-4

5-6

7-8

9

10-11

13-14

15-16

17

18-19

20-21

22-23

Hirapur

BahilampurRajpur

Mangrur

mainly dhandia

Hirapur

Khogdur

Kapsi Dehgoon

Muhabbatpur

Patan

Kabar

Ramkham

Pohar

GovindpurKothoda Buzar

Mehindl

Khatera

Yavati

Hivardara

Paunar

Pandharkavada

Pilkiwadhona

Dongargaon

Sindiwadhona

Nerad

Kosora

savli

Pimprod

Parsola

Yedsi

AdegaonAmlan

ChilaiU

pash

a N

ala

Dodhani N

ala

.

Rampur

Khadki

Laliya Nala

Tivsa

di N

ala

Vaidarbha R

iver

Shiv Nala

Mukutban

Pimprod

Bahilampur

Bhendara

Mangli

Ardwan

Canal

Chinchghat

Marki khurd

Ganeshpur khurd

Marki buzurg

Krishanapur

Adkoli




77

3.14 WATER TABLE AND MOVEMENT OF GROUND WATER:

The water table contour map has been prepared with reference to mean sea level as interval of 10 m. The highest contour value is 270 m MSL and lowest is 190 m. MSL. Groundwater divide almost concides with water shed boundary. The water table map is placed at Figure 3.10. The recharge zone located in along hills of North west of Buffer zone along water table contour of270 m MSL. The other recharge zone is in southern section outside buffer zone. The discharge zone is along the Penganga river which further corroborates a gaining river and ground water runoff exist throughout year. The water table is subdued replica of topography. The movement of ground water is from recharge to discharge zone. There will be hydraulic trough in formation in the mining area with reversal of hydraulic gradient.

Figure 3.10: The Water Table

G.W. DIVIDE

1-2 3-4

5-6

7-8

9

10-11

13-14

15-16

17

18-19

20-21

22-23

2425-26

27-28

29-30

31

32

33

34

35

3637

38

39

40

41

42

43

235

245

255

265

265

255245

235

MINE LEASE BOUNDARY

INDEX

WATER TABLE210

WATER TABLE MAP

G.W. DIRECTION

FIG-6.2

190

200

225

215

205

195

185

185

195

205 205

195

185

185

195

205

205

195

195

20521

5225

N


78°50'78°45' 78°55'

19°50'

19°45' 19°45'

19°50'

78°45' 78°50' 78°55'

B S ISPAT LTD



78

190190

19°49'

19°48'

78°50'78°48' 78°49'

WATER TABLE MAP OF CORE ZONE

INDEX

MINE BOUNDARY

WATER TABLE

MINE PIT

SCALE AS PER GRID

N

78°50'78°48' 78°49'

19°49'

19°48'

205

215

206

207

208

209

210

211

212

213

214

Figure 3.11: Water Table map of Core Zone



79

189m AMSL

O.B.BACK FILLEDBENCHESMINING WATER TABLE NON MINING WATER TABLE 207 m AMSL

WATER POOL

COAL SEAM COAL SEAM

TALCHIR

BARAKAR SAND STONE

INTER SECTION OF GROUND WATER DURING MINING

3.15 LONG TERM MODELING FOR INTER SECTION OF GROUNDWATER:

3.15.1 Intersection of ground water:The hydrogeological study reveals the inter section of

ground water encounter in mine at as initial depth of 6 m below ground level. The intersection of ground water resulted in deepening of ground water in the range of 5 to 10 m below ground level. The cross-section in respect of current status of mining is placed at Figure- 3.12. The intersection of ground water yielded mine seepage as mine inflow. The long term modeling has been attempted to quantify mine inflow during mining.

Figure- 3.12: Inter Section of Groundwater during Mining The mine will be operating through three mines East, Central and West. The average life of each coal mine is 10 year initially limiting to total 25 year. The mining in sector east was operational for some time under previous owner.

3.16 MINE INFLOW: The analytical long term model has been attempted for 10 years life of the mine. Flow and head distribution in the mine area over 10 years of mining down to various effective depths has been computed by analytical model. The computation has provided mine inflow and distribution of radius of influence due to long term mining. The conceptual model is depicted in Figure-3.13. The block grid of 100 x 100 m assuming no flow from Talcher shale and constant head boundary has been considered.

Figure 3.13: Conceptual Model

Data are based on aquifer parameters of the block under study and mining parameters as per mine plan. Opencast method of mining has been considered for present exercise by analytical model. The mine water discharge will change subject to change in mine plan. The open cast method of mining has been considered for the maximum depth of 50 m. The geo-mining data of mine plan of proposed opencast mine have been considered as input data. In the first phase of mine development, ground water seepages have been encountered at shallow depth and over period of mine development the depth of water level will increase.

Inflow Radius of influunce (R) Prediction

Equivalent Well Approach for Surface Mine Water

Q

wh

D

R

L'

L

H

r



80

Based on the parameters and assumptions, the probable mine inflow at various depth has been computed and given in Table-3.14 and shown in Figure-3.14. The average mine inflowwill be 2600 M3/day for three sector of mining.

Table-3.14 Mine Inflow in Marki Mangli – III Coal Mine

Sl. No. Depth Mine Inflow (m3/day)

1 6 0

2 12 638

3 18 1178

4 24 1620

5 30 1944

6 36 3683

7 42 3929

8 48 3929

9 50 3929

Average 2606

Figure – 3.14: Mine Inflow

3.17 RADIUS OF INFLUENCE: Based on the geo-mining parameter, aquifer parameter and mine flow the analytical model has been used to predict probable radius of Influence due to mining. In the first phase of development of opencast mine it is expected that unconfined (shallow) aquifer will be affected. In course of mining the semi-confined aquifer become unconfined at mine face. Thereafter the aquifers may be affected by excessive draw down and radius of influence expand around opencast mine operation. A depth of 50 m is considered for open cast mine. The predicted radius of influence due to various depth of mining has been computed by analytical model and data is given in Table-3.15 and the same has been depicted in Figure-3.15.

Table-3.15

Radius of influence

S.N. Depth Radius of Influence (m)

1. 12 243

2. 18 486

3. 24 729

4. 30 986

5. 36 1216

6. 42 1458

7. 50 1702

8. Rebound 1000

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54

Axi

s Ti

tle

Depth of Mine (m)

MINE INFLOW



81

Figure-3.15: Radius of influence

After mining the radius of influence will get reduced to 1020 m. The radius of influence will be restricted due to variation in aquifer / mine geometry, return flow from mine discharge, induced recharge due to mining and rebound of aquifer due to backfilled area. Thus, proposition of draw down is limited to a small distance for a temporary period from mine edge. So also with the presence of induced recharge to boundaries head the proposition of draw down cone will be further restricted. UNDP Study of Indian coal field had revealed that radius of influence in opencast mine may extend maximum to 500 m from edge of mine in down dip and there may have negligible effect on up dip direction. It is observed that after backfilling, the water level in the mined out area rises and restricts the radius of influence of mine. The induced recharge, may be acting as positive head. Thus, the hydrological boundary may not allow noticeable radius of influence to extend beyond mine boundary in up dip direction and in down dip direction it will be restricted to 500 m as observed in other study.

3.18 GROUND WATER RESOURCES IN CORE AND BUFFER ZONE: 3.18.1 Groundwater Recharge: Groundwater recharge is mainly by rainfall. Buffer zone is having

an area of 404 km2. The normal annual rainfall is 1092 mm. The monsoon rain fall is 943 mm. Monsoon rainfall is the main source of ground water recharge. Additional groundwater recharge is as return flow from irrigation and proposed mine water pumping and waste water disposal. The area is under non-command area. The replenishable ground water recharge has been computed by both rainfall infiltration method and water table fluctuation method as per GWRE-2011 guidelines. The area having surface slope more than 20% within buffer zone is 13 km2 and is not considered for recharge calculation. Hence, total area in buffer zone, 391 Km2 has been considered for recharge calculation including 2.75 Km2 under core zone. The rainfall infiltration factor for alluvium / Soil, DM (Detrital mantle) on Barakar sandstone, Talchir shale, basalt, sandstone have been assigned 14 % , 4% 8% and 7% respectively for recharge calculation of respective litho units as per GWRE-2011. The Gross groundwater recharge by rainfall infiltration method is 33.50 MCM.

3.18.2 Ground Water Draft: Groundwater draft in buffer zone is mainly through domestic use and

irrigation. There is mine water pumping. The annual groundwater draft has been estimated as per GWRE-2011.



82

Additional allocation for domestic, industrial water requirement for 25 years is 0.76 MCM. Thus, total ground water draft after 25 years will be 5.87 MCM. It is expected that additional ground water withdrawal through mine inflow will be at the rate of 2600 M3/day for 365 days amounting to 0.95 MCM.

3.18.4 Level /Stage of Ground Water Development: In the buffer zone, it is noticed that major

ground water draft is through irrigation followed by domestic. The level/stage of ground water development has been computed in ground water balance study which shows 16.06%. This can be categorized under ‘Safe’/‘White’ with less than 70% value. The State Government and C.G.W.B jointly computed net groundwater availability whichshows 12.27% the stage of ground water development in respect of Zari Jamani of Yavatmal district, where the proposed mine is located. Thus, the stage of ground water development of Yavatmal Dist. is under ‘Safe’/‘White’ category so a the buffer zone of proposed mine is concerned even after withdrawal of 0.95 MCM water from mine. The level of development in terms of percentage under different condition is shown in Table-3.16 and depicted in Figure 3.16.

Table-3.16 Stage of Development

S.N. Conditions Stage of

Development in %

1 Safe zone CGWA) 70

2 Zari jamani taluka in Yavatmal District 12.27

3 Buffer Zone Pre-Mining (Marki Mangli) 16. 06

4 During Mining 19.04

Figure-3.16: Stage of Development

70

12.2716.06

19.04

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

Safe zone Zari Jamni Buffer Zone Pre-Mining

During Mining

%

STAGE OF DEVELOPMENT (%)



83

Table -3.17 Dynamic & Static Groundwater Resources of Core & Buffer Zone

Formation Zone Area (km2) Water level fluctuation (m)

Sy Dynamic reserve

MCM

Barakar Core 2.75 6.0 0.05 0.83

Barakar Buffer 25.25 5.0 0.05 6.31

Talchir Buffer 22 3.0 0.02 1.32

Basalt Buffer 101 5.0 0.015 7.58

Vindhyan and stone

Buffer 240 4.0 0.02 19.2

Total 391.00 35.2

The ground water recharge by fluctuation method is 35.2 MCM.

3.18.5 Hydrogeological Report is enclosed as Annexure 3.8.

3.19 WATER QUALITY: The chemical analysis data of ground water incorporated in approved EIA/EMP of Marki Magli III has been considered. The data is given in Table 3.18.

Table 3.18 Water Quality

Sl. No.

Village pH Total Hardness

(mg/l)

TDS (mg/l)

Cl (mg/l)

F (mg/l)

Fe (mg/l)

1 Ruikot 7.90 343 502 49 0.9 0.20

2 Bhendara 7.30 213 398 45 1.0 0.25

3 Ardwan 7.45 347 578 40 0.6 0.15

4 Dongargaon 7.20 233 443 45 0.6 0.15

5 Mukutban 8.13 268 456 49 1.0 0.20

The chemical analysis data have been compared and found that total dissolved solid ranges between 398 and 502 mgl and PH value in the range of 7.20 to 8.13 in the bore wells of nearby villages. During investigation the quality of mine water accumulated in water pool was examined and its, pH in the range of 6 to 7. This may be due to occurrence of mine seepage above coal seam. The mine water mixed with rain water is well within permissible limit.



84

3.20 WATER REQUIREMENT: The water requirement at mine site for both industrial and domestic purposes have been worked out and duly approved in EC letter and given in Table-3.19.

Table-3.19

Water Requirement (m3/day)

(A) Industrial Quantity m3/day Source

1 Dust suppression 45 Mine water

2 Green belt 20 Mine water

Sub Total (A) 65

(B) Domestic 13 Tube well water Sub Total (B) 13

Grand Total (A+B) 78

3.21 WATER USE: Based on E.C. norms the water requirement of 78 m3/day has been estimated and their respective use and reuse are depicted in Water Balance Diagram Figure-3.17 and graphically depicted in Figure 3.17. The ground water clearance in respect of abstraction of mine water to the tune of 2600 m3/day and tube well water 13 m3/day have been requested by project proponent vide application No BSIL/MM-III/CGWA/2016-17/ 26 dated 16.06.2016 for approval from Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA), Govt. of India, New Delhi. Details of use of mine water is given in Table 3.20

Table 3.20 Use of Mine Water (m3/day)

Sr.No Use Quality m3/day

1. Greenbelt & Dust supression 65

2. Flow to nala to be reuse for washery activity 840

3. Agriculture 525

4. Ground water recharge 20 % of available water 520

5. Evaporation loss 25 % of available water 650

Total 2600

It is expected that 55 % of mine seepage will be reused and utilized.





85

Figure-3.17: Water Balance Diagram

10 m3/d STP



86

Figure 3.18A: Drainage Map of the 10 Km Buffer Zone

N

POND

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Metres 1000Km.

STREAMS

RIVER / NALA

MINE LEASE BOUNDARY

INDEX

78°50'78°45' 78°55'

19°50'

19°45' 19°45'

19°50'

78°55'78°50'78°45'

DRAINAGE MAP




TOPOSHEET NO :- 56 I/13, 56 I/14 56 I/9

Upash

a N

ala

Dodhani N

ala

Laliya Nala

Tivsa

di N

ala

Vaidarbha R

iver

Bhaduk

Nala

PENGANGA R

4.35

Km

.

DRAINAGE MAP : 10 KM RADIUS



87

Figure 3.18 B: Drainage Map of the 2.5 Km radius around the mine

3.22 SOIL ENVIRONMENT:

3.22.1 General: Soil samples were collected from three selected locations in the study area in May

2016 & March 2018 to assess the existing soil quality around the Marki-Mangli Coal Block-III lease area. The details of soil sampling sites are shown in Table – 3.21 and Figure – 3.19 respectively.

Table – 3.21

Details of Soil Sampling Locations

Sr. No. Sampling Sites Station Code

1. Waste land Mine Lease Area S-1

2. Agricultural Land at Bhendala Village S-2

3. Forest Land at Hirapur village S-3

N78°50'

19°50' 19°50'

POND

STREAMS

RIVER / NALA

MINE LEASE BOUNDARY

INDEX

DRAINAGE MAP : 2.5 KM RADIUS

TOPOSHEET NO :- 56 I/13, 56 I/14 56 I/9

0 1 2 3 4Metres 1000 Km.

Upa

sha N

ala

Dodhani N

ala

Bhaduk

Nala



88

Figure – 3.18: Locations of Soil Sampling Sites

Upa

sha

Nal

a

Bha

duk

Nal

a

N

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Metres 1000Km.

78°50'78°45' 78°55'

19°50'

19°45' 19°45'

19°50'

78°55'78°50'78°45'

TOPOSHEET NO :- 56 I/13, 56 I/14 56 I/9

SOIL SAMPLING STATION POND

RIVER / NALA

ROAD

HABITATION

MINE LEASE BOUNDARY

SOIL SAMPLING STATION

Marki khurd

Ganeshpur khurd

Marki buzurg

Krishanapur

Adkoli

Hivardara

Paunar

Pandharkavada

Pilkiwadhona

Dongargaon

Sindiwadhona

Nerad

Kosora

Pimprod

Parsola

Yedsi

AdegaonAmlan

Chilai

Rampur

Khadki

Mukutban

Pimprod

Bahilampur

Bhendara

Mangli

Hirapur

BahilampurRajpur

Mangrur

Hirapur

Khogdur

Dehgoon

Muhabbatpur

Patan

Kabar

Ramkham

Pohar

Govindpur

Kothoda Buzar

Khatera

Yavati

Sirola

Mangurla Budrug

JamniJhari

Birshapeth

Khabada

Patan

Durbha

Raipur

Sangwi

Sangwi

Durbha

Mangurla Khurd

Tundra

Durgadih

PENGANGA RIVER

Ganeshpur

Ganeshpur Buzurg

Kotla

Raipur

Kothoda Buzurg

SavliArdwan Ruikot

Sekapur


Kapsi

S-2

S-1

S-3



89

A total of three Samples were collected from 3 different locations representing waste land, agriculture land and forest land at 3 different depths viz. 0-30, 30-60 and 60-90 cm below the surface. The samples were homogenized and analyzed as per the prescribed scientific methods for soil analysis. The Manual of Soil Testing in India, Dept. of Agriculture and Cooperation, Ministry of Agriculture, Gol. (Jan 2011) was also referred.

The physico-chemical characteristics of soil samples are reported in Annexure –3.9 A (May 2016)and Annexure 3.9 B (March 2018)and can be summarized as below:

(a) Texture of soil in waste, agriculture, and forest lands is loamy to silt clay loam. (b) Colour of soil in waste land is greyish while it is grey to dark grey in agriculture and

forest land. Other characteristics of soil of waste, agriculture, and forest lands are as follow:

(c) pH value varies from 7.96 to 8.25 indicating alkaline nature of soil samples. (d) Electrical conductivity varies from 75 to 200 μS/cm. (e) Organic matter content ranges from 0.60 to 1.43 %. (f) Total nitrogen varies from 326.7 to 793.3 kg/ha. (g) Total phosphorous content varies from 29.5 to 124.7 kg/ha. (h) Total potassium content is of the order of 122.5 to 266.5 kg/ha respectively.

3.23 LAND ENVIRONMENT:

3.23.1 Land use of Study Area: The land use pattern of the study area (10 km radius around the

mine site) has been estimated by using NRSC satellite image. Landuse pattern in study area is given in Table 3.21.

Source of data: IRS – P6; Sensor – LISS III, NRSC, Hyderabad

Figure 3.20 A : Satellite Imagery of Study Area (10 Km)



90

Figure 3.20 B : Landuse /Land Cover of study area (10 km)

Table 3.22 Landuse Pattern Iin Study Area

Landuse / land Cover Area Ha. % Total

Agriculture 27976.73 68.10

Builtup 278.15 0.68

Forest 9380.53 22.83

Industry 17.77 0.04

Mining 71.81 0.17

River 826.84 2.01

Wasteland 2463.07 6.00

Waterbody 69.17 0.17

Total Area 41084.07 100.00

3.23.2 As per the census 2011 the percentage of land cover of buffer zone is given in Table 3.21 and

depicted in Figure 3.20 C. The total forest area is 19.88%, irrigated land is insignificant i.e. 2.41%



91

whereas unirrigated land is 64.61%, culturable waste land is 4.20% and the land area not available for cultivation is 8.89%. The villagewise landuse in the study area is given in Annexure 3.10.

Table 3.23 Landuse in Study Area: 2011 Census

Land use Percent area

Forest area 19.88

Irrigated area 2.41

Un-Irrigated area 64.61

Culturable waste 4.21

Area not available for cultivation 8.89

Source: Census 2011

Figure 3.20 C: Landuse Pattern of Study Area

3.23.3 Seismicity & Flood Zonation of the Area: Seismic Zone map of India prepared by

Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) has been used to locate Marki-Mangli coal block-III. The mine site as well as study area lies in Zone-II of Seismic Zoning Map (Figure 3.21 A), which is an area of low seismic hazard by national standards. Hence the risk of earthquake at the site is minimal.

19.9

2.4

64.6

4.2 8.9

LANDUSE PATTERN IN STUDY AREA (%)

Forest Area Irrigated AreaUn-Irrigated Area Culturable WasteArea Not Available for Cultivation



92

Figure 3.21A: Seismic Zonation Map

MINE SITE



93

3.23.4 Flood Hazard Zonation of the Area: As per the “Vulnerability Atlas – 2nd Edition; Peer Group, MoH & UPA; based on digitized data of SOI, GOI; Flood Atlas, Task Force Report, C.W.C., GOI” the project site does not fall under “area liable to flood” Figure 3.21 B.

Figure 3.21 B: Flood Hazard Zonation Map

Marki-Mangli Mine Site –

District Yavatmal, M.S.

SEISMIC ZONE - II



94

3.24 SUPPLEMENTARY BASELINE DATA COLLECTION: With a view to update and revalidate the baseline environmental quality data collected earlier during March – May, 2016, a short term field monitoring was undertaken during March-April 2018, to collect primary data in respect of air, noise, water and soil. The data is briefly presented below and placed at Annexure 3.4 A – 3.4 D, 3.6 B, 3.7 B, and 3.9 B respectively. During this supplementary monitoring 4 air/noise 1 surface and 5 ground water samples and 1 soil sample were collected and analysed. The details of monitoring stations is given below;

Table 3.24

Particulate Matter (PM10): The maximum PM10 concentration covering all the air quality monitoring stations i.e. A-1 to A-4 were observed in the range of 46.4-51.2 µg/m3 which is less than half of 24 hours average prescribed under regulatory limit, i.e. 100 µg/m3 of MoEF & CC for industrial, residential, rural and other areas.

The maximum PM2.5 concentration covering all the air quality monitoring stations i.e. A-1 to A-4 were observed in the range of 24.8 - 29.1 µg/m3 which is less than half of 24 hours average prescribed under regulatory limit, i.e. 60 µg/m3 of MoEF & CC for industrial, residential, rural and other areas.

The maximum SO2 concentration covering all the air quality monitoring stations i.e. A-1 to A-4 were observed in the range of 8.5 - 10.6 µg/m3 which is quite less than prescribed regulatory limit, i.e. 60 µg/m3 of MoEF & CC for industrial, residential, rural and other areas.

The maximum NOX concentration covering all the air quality monitoring stations i.e. A-1 to A-4 were observed in the range of 15.6 - 19.1 µg/m3 which is less than prescribed regulatory limit, i.e. 60 µg/m3 of MoEF & CC for industrial, residential, rural and other area.

Water:

Organoleptic Parameter

(I) Ambient Temperature: The ambient temperature encompassing all ground water samples varied from 25.7 – 26.4oC while that of surface water sample was observed 27.8oC.

(II) Colour, Odour & Taste: All these surface and ground water samples were observed to be

colorless and did not have any objectionable odour and taste.

Sr. No.

Description of monitored stations

Sample Code

Air Noise Water

Soil SW GW

1. Project Site (Marki-Mangli III Open Cast Coal Mine)

AAQ-1 N-1 - - S-1

2. Village Mukutban AAQ-2 N-2 - - -

3. Village Bhendara AAQ-3 N-3 - GW 3

(Dug Well) -

4. Village Pimprod AAQ-4 N-4 - - -

5. Upasha Nala - - - - -

6. Bhaduk Nala Ardwan Village - - -

GW-1 (Hand pump)

-

7. Hirapur Village - - SW-5

GW-4 (Hand pump)

-

8. Village Sawli - - - GW 2

(Borewell)

-

9. Village Mangli - - - GW 5

(Dug Well)

-



95

(III) Turbidity: Turbidity of all surface and ground water samples was observed <2 which was

less than the permissible limit (5 NTU) as prescribed in IS: 10500 - 2012.

Chemical Parameters

(I) pH Value: The pH value of surface water samples was observed as 9.18, whereas those for

ground water samples varied between 7.5 and 8.2. These values are within acceptable pH range of 6.5 to 8.5 as per IS 10500:2012 standards for drinking water.

(II) Dissolved Oxygen: The surface water sample showed dissolved oxygen concentration as 0.8 mg/l.

(III) Dissolved Solids: The surface water sample showed dissolved solids concentration as 460 mg/l whereas all ground water samples showed dissolved solids concentration ranging from 693 to 1378 mg/l which are below permissible limit of 2000 mg/l as per IS 10500:2012, standards.

(IV) Chlorides: The chloride concentrations in surface water sample was observed as 60.2 mg/l and 95 to 292 mg/l in ground water respectively. These values are below permissible limit of 1000 mg/l as prescribed in IS 10500:2012.

(V) Sulphates: The sulphate concentrations in surface water sample was found as 97.2 mg/l, and 74 to 287 mg/l in ground water respectively. These values are below permissible limit of 400 mg/l as prescribed in IS 10500:2012.

(VI) Total Hardness: The surface water sample showed hardness value as 280 mg/l whereas all ground water samples showed hardness values from 412 to 740 mg/l which are below the permissible limit of 600 mg/l as prescribed in IS 10500:2012, except for one sample (GW3) which had hardness value of 740 mg/l.

• Health Related Parameters

(I) Fluorides: Two of the ground water samples showed fluoride concentration as 1.67 mg/l (GW-3) and 1.82 (GW-5)which were marginally higher than the permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l as per IS 10500:2012 whereas, surface water samples showed fluoride concentration as 1.03 mg/l which was below the permissible level of 1.5 mg/l.

(II) Nitrate: All ground and surface water samples have low nitrate concentrations as SW: 20.3mg/l and GW: 0.4 to 19.3 mg/l, which are much below the acceptable limit of 45 mg/l as per IS 10500:2012.

(III) Heavy Metals: Heavy metals in all water samples were either absent or below their respective permissible limits.

(IV) Total Coliforms: The Total Coliforms count in surface water sample was found as 460 MPN/100 ml which was indicative of bacteriological contamination possible due to surface runoff entering this water source. The corresponding total coliform count was <3 MPN/100 ml in ground water samples.

In summary, overall quality of water samples indicated that the quality of water of all sources in the study area in conformity with the regulatory permissible limits except the surface water samples which showed bacteriological contamination possibly from surface run off and two ground water samples (GW-3 & GW-5) which showed fluoride concentration marginally more than permissible limits and may require requisite treatment prior to human consumption.

Soil: A soil sample from agriculture land in project area at three depths I.e. 0-30, 30-60 and 60-90 cm was collected the results of which are given below: (a) Texture of soil is sandy to loamy sand. (b) Colour of soil is brown (c) pH value varies from 8.03 to 8.37 indicating moderately alkaline nature of soil.



96

(d) Electrical conductivity varies from 0.16 to 0.299 mmhos/cm. (e) Organic matter content ranges from 00.45 to 0.60%. (f) Total nitrogen varies from 182 - 245 kg/ha. (g) Total phosphorous varies from 39.2 – 75.4 kg/ha. (h) Total potassium ranges from 378.5 to 511.7kg/ha.

3.25 TRAFFIC SURVEY REPORT : The traffic survey was carried out basis at the location given below during 10/04/2018To11/04/2018. The traffic survey location was selected at maximum vehicular density point on the road will be used for transport of the coal produced from the mine to BSIL steel plant located at Warora. The traffic survey was performed by visual observation. Vehicles plying in to and fro both directions were observed for traffic survey.

Traffic Survey Road Detail

Traffic Survey station Co-Ordinates

SH 234 (Wani to Mukutban )

Mukutban Village N 19°48'38.6" E 78°51'15.4"

Observations: The observed density of traffic for various type of vehicles on are given below. It has observed during traffic survey that both ways have significant vehicular density. Heavy vehicles were plying regularly on this road and so were use personal vehicles and light transportation vehicles Figure 3.25.

Table 3.25 Observed Traffic Density on Wani to Mukutban Road

Type of vehicles Wani to

Mukutban Mukutban to

Wani Total

Two-wheelers 496 672 1168

Three-wheelers 240 384 624

Four-wheelers (Jeeps/Cars) 208 256 464

Heavy Truck/Trailer/Bus 112 144 256

Total Traffic on Wani To Mukutban Road 2512

3.26 SOCIO –ECONOMIC STATUS: 3.26.1 Methodology: A socio-economic survey was carried out by probability census method in all the

villages identified in the study area. Varies categories of population like, literate, illiterate employed, unemployed, males and females were included in the survey. The survey was conducted with the help of a pre designed questionnaire based interview to record opinion of the people regarding the project and to know their expectations. Based on the primary and secondary data available with various govt. departments, like census office PHC records, and other sources like literature, published information, an analysis was done. As per the 2011 Census data the study area comprise of 64 inhabited villages. The village size as estimated from the number of inhabitants as per the census indicated that 28 villages fall within 1-500 population range, while 16 village are in the population range of 501-1000, 19 villages fall in 1001-5000 population range and only 1 village has population more than 5000. A village Mehandi with population of 59 is the least populated village whereas Mukutban with population of 6785 is the most populated one.

3.26.2 Socio economic profile of the community: The study area has 64 inhabited villages with a

total population of 56,458 comprising of 28,823 males and 27635 females. The population is distributed among 13,716 households. The sex ratio of the society with respect to proportion of males and female is shown in the pie-chart. The number of females per 1000 males is 959 in



97

Main Workers, 51.45

Marginal wokers, 6

Non-Workers,

42.55

VOCATIONAL PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA (%)

Main Workers Marginal wokers Non-Workers

comparison to average of 929 for Maharashtra State and 940 for the country as a whole indicating a balanced male to female ratio in the study area.

The scheduled caste population of the study area is 7.51% of the total populationand scheduled tribe population is 23.78%.

The people are engaged in agriculture, animal husbandry, weaving and craft-related occupations. Some of them sell vegetables and work as labours. They share similar kind of interdependency, kinship relation and strong identity with all. There is communal harmony in the region. Figure 3.22.

3.26.3 Literacy: The overall literacy in the 64 villages of the

study area is 77.94%. The male literacy in the study area was 87.18% as compared with State figure 88.38%; the female literacy was 68.01% as compared to 75.87% for the State. It may be noted that percentage of literacy of study area was less than State as a whole in both male and female.

3.26.4 Vocation-wise Distribution of the population based on census data of 2011 is highlighted

in the Table 3.26 and Figure 3.24 below:

Table 3.26

Profession Percentage

1. Total Main Workers 51.45

* Cultivators (42.30)

* Agricultural Labour (48.72)

* House Hold industry (1.21)

* Other Workers (Industrial) (7.75)

2. Marginal Workers 6

3. Non-Workers 42.55

As may be seen from these data, the percentage of main workers in the study area was 51.45 in 2011. The percentage of cultivators was 42.30%. On the other hand, percentage of agricultural labourers was 48.72% and 1.21% people were engaged in other activities. The percentage of household industries account for 7.75%. The marginal workers were 6% and the non-workers were 42.55%.Since agriculture is the main activity in the project

area, a large number of poor and land less people work as agriculturallaborers and live on subsistence level. The marginal and small farmers get non-farm employment, which provide low income. Although they are above poverty line, at times they find it difficult to make both ends meet. Many of them have taken loans for their substances and are in perpetual indebtedness.

Village wise demographic as well as vocational data of the study area as per census 2011 are given in Annexure-3.11 and Annexure-3.12 respectively.



98

8.8

69.1

22.1

0.0

20.0

40.0

60.0

80.0

Below 35 35 - 60 Above 60

Age of the Respondants (%) (Fig 3.26)

3.26.5 Energy Consumption Pattern: The fuel requirement for cooking depends on various factors such as number of persons in the family, food habits, income of the family & cost of fuel. The fuels used by villagers is fire wood, cow dung cakes (Goari), Kerosene and LPG gas. The supply of kerosene is controlled by Government and supplied through fair price shops. As a result most of the village people use more than one type of cooking fuel. Findings (Socio Economic Survey, April

2018): In order to revalidate the socio economic data, a short term survey was again undertaken in the study area in April 2018 and primary data was collected on various aspects of socio economic component. The details of the survey based on careful analysis of data and ensuring its homogeneity, adequacy and completeness suitable for the purpose of the study are presented below: Four villages namely Mukutban, Bhendala, Sawali and Ruikot were covered under the present survey for primary data collection. This villages lie in the immediate vicinity of the project under consideration and hence selected for primary data collection as representative samples. From these four villages people from some of the selected household were interviewed using standard questionnaire. A total of 68 households from these four villages were covered which included 37 households from Village Mukutban, 9 households from Village Bhendala, 7 households from Village Sawali and 15 households from village Ruikot.

3.27 SOCIO-ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS OF HOUSE HOLD RESPONDENTS: Distribution of Respondents was decided on the basis of Age, Community Groups, Family Size Education, Occupation etc.: Majority of the household respondents interviewed during the study belonged to middle age category (35 to 60 years of age), i.e., 69.1 per cent, followed by old age category (more than 60 years of age); 22.1 per cent and young age category (below 35 years of age) 8.8 per cent. This indicates the inclusiveness of respondents from all age groups and the study results, hence, are applicable to all ages of the universe. For the classification of respondents in various community groups, it was observed that about 30 per cent respondents belonged to the Other Backward Classes, 56 per cent Scheduled Tribe, 7 per cent Scheduled Cast and 7 per cent General class. This distribution indicates the inclusiveness of respondents from all cast groups of the society (Fig 3.24). The data on size of the family reveals that about 82.4 per cent respondents had family members ranging between 4 and 8 members (medium size family) followed by 10.3 percent below 4 members (small family size) and 7 per cent with more than 7 members (large families) in the study area (Fig 3.25).

7%

56%

30%

7%

Respondents Community Group (Fig 3.24)

SC ST OBC Others / General

0.0

100.0

BigAbove 8

Medium4 - 8

Small-Below 4

7.4

82.4

10.3

%

Family Size

Distribution of HH Respondants as per Family Size (Fig 3.25)



99

All four villages which selected to the survey were having a combined population of 336 persons comprising of 191 in village Mukutban, 46 in village Bhendala, 30 in village Sawali and 69 in village Ruikot (Table 3.27)

Table 3.27

Sr. No. Village Male Female Children Total

1 Mukutban 55 59 20 191

2 Bhendala 14 14 14 46

3 Sawali 8 8 18 30

4 Ruikot 27 22 77 69

Total 104 103 129 336

The data regarding literacy level among the respondents and their families reveals that 21 per cent respondents were illiterate, 28 per cent respondents had education up to the primary school, 31 per cent had education up to secondary school level, followed by 9 per cent with higher secondary level education. About 2 per cent were graduates and post graduates (Figure 3.27).

Occupational Structure: The occupational structure is indicative of overall economy of the project area. In the context of development, structural changes always takes place and shift of resources always occurs away from the primary sectors (Agriculture, forestry, fishery, dairy, poultry, mining etc.) to the manufacturing sector or the secondary sector. Most of the commodities are provided by these two sectors while tertiary sector provides services. The structural transformation sets the economic development process in motion. Occupational structure of the workforce is indicative of the economic activity in the project area. Any changes in the occupational structure are indicative of economical changes. The occupational structure has been worked out for different categories of occupations in the project area which include cultivators, agricultural laborers, household industry workers etc. The families directly engaged in agriculture i.e. cultivators and agriculture labours combined in study area villages were 60.3 per cent, having agriculture as their main source of income, followed by 23.5 per cent who worked as laborers, 1.5 per cent in the services sector, 10.3 per cent were engaged in business, 2.9 per cent were having other occupation and 1.5 per cent were having HH occupation Data is representative of inclusion of respondents from all occupations and economic activities. In the study area, agriculture is the main source of income for the people. The details indicate that:

• Agriculture is purely dependent upon rainfall which is scanty in study area.

• The main crop grown in kharif is Cotton, Soyabean, Tur and other Small Millets and Gram and Wheat in Rabi season.

• Per acre production is less and there is scope for improvement.

• Besides agriculture people are engaged in small and petty business

• There are no cottage industries around and hence there is ample scope for its development. Project proponent is expected to promote cottage industries with special investment under corporate social responsibility.

• The status of marginalized workforce is indicative of high potential for socio-economic development if industrial growth takes place in this area along with natural resources especially agriculture and allied sectors.

• As regards to rearing of domestic animals it was observed that bovine animal (Cow,

buffalo and bull) were 57.55 per cent, followed by goat/sheep 19.42 per cent and 23.02 per cent poultry.

• Drinking Water Sources: Information on source of drinking water indicated that 78 per cent respondents had community source of water while 22 % have private source for drinking water.

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

Illitrate Primary Secondary HigherSecondary

Graduate PostGraduate

Respondants Education

Figure 3.27



100

Health Status: Seasonal diseases are indicative of the fact that precautionary measures are needed in study area villages. Villagers, being in close proximity of Wani have always preferred the services of Private Doctors for disease cure. Health facilities are the one of the most essential part of livelihood that is needed in this area. They Include hospitals, clinics, outpatient care centers, and specialized care centers, such as birthing centers and psychiatric care centers. Good medical facilities are provided by Government of Maharashtra such as Sub-Health center, health center, Anganwadi etc. People are also benefited by various Government health schemes such as Development of Women and Children in Rural areas, Self Help Group, National Rural Health Mission etc. The findings from this survey in the 10 km radius area, indicate that medical facilities are needed to be improved by the Government Health Sub-Centre’s is available only in some villages i.e. Parsevni, Sali, Nayakund, Amdi villages. Primary Health Centre is also available in some villages only. In the case of serious condition patients are moved to the nearest villages where hospitals are available. Tuberculosis, Asthma and Cancer diseases are reported in some villages. The degree of the facility is important, so the area requires better health services.

3.28 FLORA & FAUNA:

The flora & fauna study has been conducted in the study area covering a radial distance of 10 km.

3.28.1 Flora: Besides compiling information from the secondary sources, primary survey of the area

was also undertaken in the core and buffer zone. Basic preliminary survey work was completed in the October to November 2016 conducted in the core and buffer zone for the field surveys. The core zone consists of trees, shrubs and grasses of either natural or afforested by the earlier project proponent. All the tree species were noted down; from this area.

The flora comprised of 33 species including 16 trees, 2 shrubs, 13 herbs, 1 creeper and 3 grasses. Common trees in this area are Acacia nilotica, Ziziphus jujuba, Azadirachta indica, Butea monosperma, and Diospyros melanoxylon. List of Flora found in Core Zone is listed in Table 3.28 A below.

Table 3.28 A List of Flora of Core Zone

Local name Botanical name Family

1 Tendu Diospyros melanoxylon Ebenaceae

2 Satpudi Dalbergia paniculata Fabaceae

3 Bhirra Chloroxylon swietenia Rutaceae

4 Kalam Mitragyna parvifolra Rubiaceae

5 Rohan Soymida febrifuga Meliaceae

6 Salai Boswellia serrata Burseraceae

7 Semal Bombax ceiba Malvaceae

9 Beheda Terminalia bellirica Combretaceae

9 Bel Aegle marmelos Rutaceae

10 Awala Emblica officinalis Euphorbiaceae

11 Babhul Acacia nilotica Mimosaceae

12 Bahava Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae

13 Bor Ziziphus jujuba Rhamnaceae

14 Chichwa Albizia odoratissima Caesalpiniaceae

15 Kadulimb Azadirachta indica Meliaceae

16 Palas Butea monosperma Fabaceae

Shrubs

15 Besharam Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae

16 Rui Calotropis gigantea Asclepiadaceae

Herbs

17 Aghada Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae

18 Dudhi Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae



101

19 Gajargavat Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae

20 Jangli tulas Hyptis suaveolens Labiatae

21 Katekoranti Barleria prionitis Acanthaceae

22 Kukudranji - -

23 Kurdu Celosia argentea Amaranthaceae

24 Sadaphuli Lochnera rosea Apocynaceae

25 Tarota Cassia tora Caesalpiniaceae

26 Tulas Ocimum sanctum Labiatae

27 Zendu Tagetes erecta Asteraceae

28 - Cirsium arvense Asteraceae

29 - Euphorbia prostrata Asteraceae

Creepers

30 - Merremia turpethum Convolvulaceae

Grasses

31 - Eragrostis ciliaris Gramineae

32 - Killinga monocephala Gramineae

33 - Paspalum disticum Gramineae

There are various forest patches in 10 Km buffer zone of the mining lease as detailed below;

Name of the Forest Distance (Direction)

Ruikot RF 0.8 km (N)

Paunar RF 6.5 km (N)

Shekapur RF 1.6 km (W)

Chilai RF 6.5 km (E)

Ardhwan RF 1.6 Km(W)

Akapur RF 8.5 km (E)

Unnamed RF 0.5 Km (S)

Protected Forest Unnamed

6.0 km (SE)

These forest falls under the Pandharkawada Forest Division. An authenticate list of flora and fauna existing in this Division has been obtained from the DFO, Pandharkavada Division and is attached as Annexure 3.13. The Forest in this division is categorized as Tropical Dry Deciduous Forest as per the Champion and Seth’s Classification. The buffer zone having various patches of discrete fores land bears is mostly covered with teak forests, the principal specie is teak (Tectona grandis). The other associate tree species are Ain (Terminalia tomentosa), Dhawada (Anogeissus latifolia), Tiwas (Ougenia oojeinesis), Lendia (Lagerstroemia parviflora), Tendu (Diospyros melanoxylon), Bhirra (Chloroxylon swietenia), Beheda (Terminalia bellirica), Bija ( Pterocarpus marsupium), Bel (Aegle marmelos), Amaltas (Cassia fistula), Awala (Emblica officinalis), Char (Buchanania lanzan), Dudhi (Wrightia tinctoria), Ghoti (Zizyphus xylocarpa), Palas (Butea monosperma), Dhaman (Grewia tiliaefolia), Moyen (Lannea grandis), Bartondi (Morinda tinctoria), Lokhandi (Ixora parviflora), Kalam (Mitragyna parviflora), Rohan (Soymida febrifuga), Salai (Boswellia serrata), Semal (Bombax ceiba), Sisham (Dalbergia latifolia), Neem (Azadiracta indica), Bhokar (Caridia Macleadii). List of villages found in the Buffer zone has also been complied and given in the Table 3.29 B.



102

Table 3.28 B List of Flora of Buffer Zone

Sr. No. Vernacular Name Scientific Name Family

Trees

1 Asan Terminalia alata Combretaceae

2 Awala Emblica officinalis Euphorbiaceae

3 Babhul Acacia nilotica Mimosaceae

4 Bahava Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae

5 Bor Ziziphus jujuba Rhamnaceae

6 Char Buchanania lanzan Anacardiaceae

7 Chichwa Albizia odoratissima Caesalpiniaceae

8 Desi badam Terminailia catapa Combretaceae

9 Hiwar Acacia leucophloea Mimosaceae

10 Kadulimb Azadirachta indica Meliaceae

11 Karak Dendrocalamus strictus Gramineae

12 Karanj Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae

13 Kassod Senna siamea Caesalpiniaceae

14 Kavath Feronia limonia Rutaceae

15 Kala tembhurni Diospyros peregrina Ebenaceae

16 Kala umbar Ficus hispida Moraceae

17 Maharukh Ailanthus excelsa Simaroubaceae

18 Moha Madhuca indica Sapotaceae

19 Pakad Ficus lacor Moraceae

20 Palas Butea monosperma Fabaceae

21 Pandhara tembhurni Diospyros melanoxylon Ebenaceae

22 Peru Psidium guajava Myrtaceae

23 Sag Tectona grandis Verbenaceae

24 Saundal Prosopis chilensis Mimosaceae

25 Sitaphal Annona squamosa Annonaceae

26 Subabhul Leucaena leucocephala Fabaceae

27 Vilayati chinch Pithecellobium dulce Mimosaceae

28 - Acacia letronum Mimosaceae

29 Amaltas Cassia fistula Fabaceae

30 Ghoti Zizyphus xylocarpa Rhmnaceae

31 Dhaman Grewia tiliaefolia Tiliaceae

32 Moyen Lannea grandis Anacardiaceae

33 Bartondi Morinda tinctoria Rubiaceae

34 Lokhandi Ixora parviflora Rubiaceae

Shrubs

29 Besharam Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae

30 Bharati Gymnosporia montana Celastraceae

31 Chilathi Mimosa hamata Mimosaceae

32 Ghaneri Lantana camara Verbenaceae

33 Hingan Balanites roxburghii Balanitaceae

34 Lendi Lagerstroemia parviflora Lythraceae

35 Rui Calotropis gigantea Asclepiadaceae

36 Rui Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae

37 Parijatak Nyctanthes arbortristis Oleaceae

38 Morogphali Helicteres isora Malvaceae

39 Dhayati Woofordia fructicosa Lythaceae

40 Raymuniya Lantana camara Verbenaceae

41 Tendu Diospyros melanoxylon Ebenaceae

Herbs

37 Aghada Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae

38 Bhuiringani Solanum surattense Solanaceae

39 Chhota gokharu Xanthium strumarium Asteraceae

40 Dudhi Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae

41 Gajargavat Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae



103

42 Gorakhmundi Sphaeranthus indicus Asteraceae

43 Jangli tulas Hyptis suaveolens Labiatae

44 Kachri Alternanthera sessilis Amaranthaceae

45 Kambarmodi Tridax procumbens Asteraceae

46 Kardali Canna indica Cannaceae

47 Katekoranti Barleria prionitis Acanthaceae

48 Kukudranji - -

49 Kurdu Celosia argentea Amaranthaceae

50 Petari Abutilon indicum Malvaceae

51 Sadaphuli Lochnera rosea Apocynaceae

52 Sarate Tribulus terrestris Zygophyllaceae

53 Tarota Cassia tora Caesalpiniaceae

54 Tulas Ocimum sanctum Labiatae

55 Tupkari Sida acuta Malvaceae

56 Unhali Tephrosia purpurea Fabaceae

57 Utanti Echinops echinatus Asteraceae

58 Zendu Tagetes erecta Asteraceae

59 - Cirsium arvense Asteraceae

60 - Euphorbia prostrata Asteraceae

Creepers

61 - Merremia turpethum Convolvulaceae

Grasses

62 - Eragrostis ciliaris Gramineae

63 - Killinga monocephala Gramineae

64 - Paspalum disticum Gramineae

65 Bhurbhusi Eragrostis tenella Poaceae

66 Kodmor Apluda varia Poaceae

67 Marvel Andropogon annulatus Poaceae

68 Dub Cynodon dactylon Poaceae

69 Paonya Schima sulcatum Poaceae

Climbers

1 Palas vel Butea superba Fabaceae

2 Mahul Bauhinia vahili Fabaceae

3 Pivervel Combretum ovalifolium Combretaceae

4 Chilati Acacia Pinnata Fabaceae

5 Iruni Zizyphius oenoplia Rhamnaceae

6 Gunj Abrus Precatorius Fabaceae

7 Rankand Dioscorea bulbifera Dioscoreaceae

8 Ran draksh Vitex tenufolia Brassicaceae

3.28.2 Fauna: During the primary survey, enquiries were made with local villagers in adjoining area

about sighting of the wildlife fauna. The birds were observed by the survey team during the study period. The fauna consist of 14 species including 4 mammals, 10 birds, 2 reptiles, and 2 Amphibians. No rare or endangered faunal species was found during the survey. No wildlife sanctuary or national park exists in this area. A lsit of fauna found in the core zone is given at Table 3.29 A and list of Fauna for Buffer Zone is given at Table 3.29 B. There is no wildlife sanctuary in 10 Km buffer zone. The Tipeshwar Wildlife Sanctuary and Eco Sensitive Zone is more than 30 Km in west direction from the Marki Mangli III coal mining prohject.

Table 3.29 A

LIST OF THE FAUNA IN CORE AREA

Sr. No. Vernacular name

Common name Scientific name Schedules of Wildlife Act

Mammals

1 Khar Fivestriped palm squirrel Funambulus pannanti IV

2 Mungoos Common mongoose Herpestes edwardsi

3 Randukkar Wild boar Sus scrofa cristatus III



104



4 Ranmanjar Jungle cat Felis chaus II

Birds

5 Chimni House sparrow Passer domesticus -

6 Chirak Indian robin Saxicoloides fulicata -

7 Kawala House crow Corvus splendens V

8 Parva Blue rock pigeon Columba livia -

9 Popat Roseringed parakeet Psittacula krameri IV

10 Salunki Indian myna Acridotheres tristis IV

Amphibians

11 Beduk Indian Pond Frog Rana hexadactyla IV

12 Beduk Indian Bull Frog Rana tigerinus IV

Reptiles

13 Sapsoli Common skink Mabuya carinata -

14 Sargota Common garden lizard Calotes versicolor -

Table 3.29 B

LIST OF THE FAUNA IN BUFFER AREA



Mammals

1 Khar Fivestriped palm squirrel Funambulus pannanti IV

2 Kolha Jackal Canis aureus II

3 Mungoos Common mongoose Herpestes edwardsi

4 Nilgai Blue bull Boselaphus tragocamelus

III

5 Randukkar Wild boar Sus scrofa cristatus III

6 Ranmanjar Jungle cat Felis chaus II

7 Sasa Indian hare Lepus nigricollis IV

8 Deer Barking Deer Muntiacus muntjack III

9 Sambar Sambar Cervus unicolus III

10 Wild Boar Wild boar Sus scorfa I

11 Wild Dog Wild Dog Cuon alpinus II

12 Indian Fox Indian Fox Vulpes bengalnesis II

13 Jacakal Canis aureus II

14 Bandar Monkey Rhesus macaque II

Birds

15 Chimni House sparrow Passer domesticus -

16 Chirak Indian robin Saxicoloides fulicata -

17 Chitur Grey francolin Francolinus pondicerianus

IV

18 Hola Laughing dove Streptopelia senegalensis

IV

19 Kawala House crow Corvus splendens V

20 Khatik Baybacked shrike Lanius vittatus -

21 Parva Blue rock pigeon Columba livia -

22 Popat Roseringed parakeet Psittacula krameri IV

23 Rakhi durlav Grey quail Coturnix coturnix IV

24 Salunki Indian myna Acridotheres tristis IV

25 Turrebaj chandol

Oriental skylark Alauda gulgula IV

26 Vanchak Pond heron Ardeola grayii IV

Amphibians

27 Beduk Indian Pond Frog Rana hexadactyla IV

28 Beduk Indian Bull Frog Rana tigerinus IV



105



Reptiles

29 Sapsoli Common skink Mabuya carinata -

30 Sargota Common garden lizard Calotes versicolor -

31 Nag Cobra Naja naja II

32 Dhaman Common rat snake Ptyas mucosa II

Fish Species

33 Rohu Common carp Labeo rohita -

34 Mahseer Deccan Mahaseer Tor khudree -

35 Katla Major Carp Catla catla -

36 Black rohu Calbasu Labeo calbasu -

37 Naren Major Carp Cirrhinus mrigala -

38 Singara Cat fish Mystus cavasius -

39 Machar Machli Mosquito fish Gambusia affinis

3.28.3 General Ecological Observation : The mixed type of the forests with a variety of species

plays an important role in sustaining the valuable population of wild fauna such types of forests is important from nature conservation point of view. The tribal and local people depend a lot on this type of forest for their livelihood. As there is increase in the human population along with the cattle population, as a usual picture everywhere, here also, there is a tremendous pressure on the forest. The landless and marginal land holders encroach on the forest land for cultivation and hutment. The population from the adjoining villages depends on forests to meet their requirement of small wood, poles, fire wood and also cattle grazing. The natural regeneration of teak and its associates is very poor. Regeneration is found in few patches. The regeneration fails to establish. Heavy grazing, repeated fire incidents, uncontrolled cattle movements; human population pressure to meet their demands like firewood and small timber and erratic rainfall are major factors that adversely affect regeneration.

3.28.4 The present study was undertaken during the winter 2016. The Working Plan of Pandharkavada Forest Division is quite exhaustive, but without any comparative statement about the Fish, Reptiles, Birds and Mammals. No mention of the amphibians and butterflies is found which are the bio-indicators of environment. In all our visits we have not seen tiger, and also not come across footprints or scats of tiger. The present survey has revealed that the population of these animals is not enough to justify the community structure, range, size, patchyness, nich-width, sensitivity to disturbances and migration pattern etc.

3.28.5 Rural Vegetation: Important agricultural crops in this area are jwari, cotton, toor and soyabean. Wheat is generally grown over small patches in irrigated areas. The other crops grown in this area are rice, bajra, gram, barbati, moong, udid, linseed, tilli, groundnut, etc. In kharif season jowari, cotton, toor, tilli, soyabean whereas in Rabi season wheat, gram, linseed etc. are grown. This belt is cotton rich. The horticultural crops of Orange, Papaya and Banana are also regularly cultivated. Few farmers have raised teak and bamboo plantations. Big farmers cultivate farms with modern agricultural implements, whereas marginal and small farmers practice traditional farming. Agriculture is mostly rain fed. Around 70% populations depend upon agriculture and approximately 25-30% population live in urban areas. Growth of industries is meagre and due to this situation most of the population depend upon agricultural and allied sectors.



106

CHAPTER 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION:

This chapter provides a brief overview of the potential impacts of the proposed coal mining, and allied activities on various environmental components. The opencast mining operations involve development of benches, approach roads, haul roads, blasting, excavation of coal and OB, crushing and handling of coal as well as handling of waste materials and transport of coal. Various likely environmental impacts, which have been identified due to the proposed integrated coal complex project, are discussed in the following sections.

4.1.1 Impact on Climate

Temperature: The average monthly minimum and maximum temperatures have been monitored at the proposed project site and also analyzed based on the data from nearest IMD station at Wani. The trend of temperature shows a regular cyclic pattern. The temperature pattern indicates a regional behavior.

After the commencement of mining operation, the existing vegetation cover in the core zone will be cleared in phases and the topography of the core area will permanently change. Due to change in the topography of the project area and systematic clearance of the existing green cover, minor temperature variations at local level only might occur. The temperature pattern indicates a regional behavior and is not likely to be affected by mining operations. The proposed afforestation programme will moderate any local temperature changes due to mining and coal washery operations.

Rainfall: The proposed mining operations are not expected to have any adverse impact on the rainfall pattern of the area as the impacts will be at micro-level.

Wind Speed: The wind speeds of any area depend on the existence of elevations and depressions in the region. The mining lease area is mildly rolling and the major part of the proposed lease comes under revenue land. The proposed mining operations will change the topography and the landscape of coal bearing area only. Due to change in the topography of the project area minor variations in wind speed are anticipated at local level.

Humidity: The relative humidity in the area is not likely to change significantly because of the mining operations, as it will not cause any changes in the prevailing temperatures and rainfall of the region.

4.1.2 Impact on Topography and Drainage

Impact on Topography: The surface exhibits elevation of the area ranging from 212-226 mabove MSL. Ground slopes mildly towards SW and SE corners of the block. The Marki Mangli Coal III block falls under small mounds. The mining operations will change the topography and the landscape of coal bearing area and its immediate vicinity in the core zone only. The lease area consists of 275 hafor mining and 7 ha of for road and nala diversion.

The proposed opencast mining including creation of OB dump will change the original topography of the ML area. The OCP mine area in general becomes slightly elevated flat ground due to backfilling of OB in decoaled area along with creation of large water pond. During the course of mining and more importantly towards the end, the decoaled area will be concurrently backfilled except 59 ha void. The backfilled area will be reclaimed with plantation and the void will be converted into water body thereby restoring the land profile to original land form as much as possible.

Impact on Drainage: The coal block has a few seasonal nallahs draining the storm water. The drainage of the area is mainly controlled by Penganga river, a tributary of the Wardha river which confluences into Godavari river and ultimately joins the Bay of Bengal. It is established that high infiltration zone will serve as good media for high ground water recharge



107

and reduce the surface run-off considerably in the core zone. Modeling studies suggests that in pre-mining conditions the surface runoff will be 273 mm i.e. 25% of annual rainfall whereas in post-mining conditions the runoff will be 164 mm i.e. 15% of annual rainfall. As such surface run-off contribution to the natural drains from the mining area would be reduced to the extent of 0.21 MCM thereby some change is expected in hydrologic regime of the river system. It is expected that due to increase in recharge, ground water runoff (base flow) will increase in nearby Upasa nala. Thus, there will be only marginal change in quality and quantity of river water due to proposed mining.

The seasonal drains are proposed to be channelized through the undisturbed area in a phased manner to maintain the natural drainage system. The run-off channels are proposed to be created ahead of the overburden dump. The drains will be made along the contour lines to prevent entry of rainwater in the active mine area.

Impact due to proposed Nala and road diversion:

One of the surface constants existing in the mine lease area is that part of the Upasa Nala is passing through the north-western part. The coal reserve blocks under this nala have been considered as extractable and as such this part of the nala is proposed to be diverted. This diversion will be undertaken along the north-eastern boundary of the lease as shown in Plate No. 2.5 It is anticipated that 2 ha. of land will be required to undertake the diversion which is proposed to be done in the 11th years of operation of the project. The necessary permission from the competent authority of the State Government shall be obtained before undertaking this diversion.

Another surface constant which features in the mine lease area are that parts of village road from Mukutban to Ardhwan and Ardhwan to Bhendala are also passing through the lease area. The Mukutban-Ardhwan road is passing to the central and western part of the mine lease area and is proposed to be diverted along this route from outside the mine lease area. Similarly the part of the Ardhwan-Bhendala road is passing to the north-western part of the mine lease area and is also proposed to be diverted along the north western part from outside the mine lease area. An approximate area of 5 ha would be required for undertaking these diversion. The necessary permission from the competent authority of State Govt. shall be obtained before undertaking this diversion. All the necessary precaution shall be taking as per provision made in the coal mines regulations including controlled blasting to prevent any untoward incident resulting in any physical injuring to persons and vehicles moving on these roads.

It is anticipated that there will be negligible impact due to the proposed diversion of the nala and roads requisite land will be are acquired to undertake this diversion.

4.1.3 Impact on Land Use: The proposed opencast mine will result in change of the land use

pattern of the ML area. The land degradation is expected during mining activities of excavation, overburden dumps, soil extraction etc.

The details of stage-wise land use pattern of mine lease area are given in Table-4.1.



108

Table-4.1 Pre Mining Landuse

SI. no.

Particulars Total( Ha)

1 Excavated Area by Prior Allottee 16

2 Proposed Excavation Area 112

3 Safety Zone 7

4 Garland Drain 3

5 Embankment 0

6 Top soil & Soil Dump 7

7 Settling Tank 1

8 External OB dump 13

9 Common Infrastructure 15

10 Coal stock yard 1

Populated area 10

11 Virgin area for future use 90

Total Mining Lease Area 275

12 NalIa / Canal diversion 2

13 Road diversion 5

Land beyond mining lease area 7

Total land required 282

Source : Approved Mining Plan

Table-4.2 Post Mining land use

SI. No.

Mining Activity


Undisturbed land


Public Use Total

1 Backfilling - 69 - - 69





9 Garland Drain - - - 3 3 10 Embankment - - - - -

11 Water Body - - 59 - 59

12 Coal stock yard& settling tank - - - 2 2


14 Undisturbed land 90 _ - - 90

(C) Mining Lease Area 90 89 59 37 275



(B) Beyond mining lease area - - - 7 7

Total Land (A+B) 90 89 59 44 282

* Includes area for green belt zone

Source: Approved Mining Plan

It is proposed to liquidate the reserves by conventional benching method of opencast with shovel-dumper combination. Out of the 275 Ha of mining lease area, 128 Ha will be used for excavation out of which 89 Ha shall be reclaimed by concurrent internal dumping and



109

remaining 59 Ha of void will be converted into water body. There will be 1 OB dump and 1 Soil dump. Total OB generation will be of the order of 25.19 Mm3. Dump height will be 30 m with maximum angle of 28º. 20 Ha of land will be utilized for external dumps (13 Ha for OB and 7 Ha for Soil). Plantation in 204 Ha will be done which covers barrier, safety zone and infrastructure around including road and undisturbed land etc. Thus, 74% the Mining lease area shall be biologically reclaimed and 21% area will be utilized as water reservoir and balance 5% will remain as public utility land.

4.1.4 Impact on Soil: The environmental impacts of the mining activities on topsoil depends on

the nature of activities, extent of area covered and associated aspects of environmental concern.

During the course of proposed mining operation 3.06 Mm3 top soil will be generated. It is proposed to systematically generated. It is proposed to systematically utilize the generated soil for plantation on backfilled areas and also on external dump areas. Out of 3.06 Mm3 total topsoil generation 0.57 Mm3 will be stored as external soil dump and 2.49 Mm3 will be used for plantation on backfilled areas.

The soil dump created on 7 Ha of the land will be utilized for plantation activity. During this storage period regular manure and vegetative mulches will be added to maintain humus of the soil. The dust generated during blasting operations, loading and unloading operations and vehicular movements normally form heavier particles that would readily settle on very small areas within the mining area itself. This will have no adverse impact on the surrounding areas.

Another important aspect is soil erosion from slopes, if not managed properly. Soil erosion may also get accelerated on areas where the overburden will be dumped. As there is neither a toxic effluent nor solid waste from the mines, quality of soil is not expected to be adversely effected.

Impact on soil will be localized i.e. around the mine site. Likelihood of any adverse impact from soil erosion and disturbance in quality is remote. However, the impacts that will occur are reversible as the impacts will be felt in the initial stages of mine operation i.e. till the vegetative cover is re-developed.

4.1.5 Impact on Air Quality:Mining operations contribute towards air pollution in two ways, emission of

dust particles and addition of gaseous pollutants to the atmosphere. The gaseous pollutants include NOx, SO2 and hydrocarbons etc. The sources of gaseous pollutants from the proposed mining include: • Drilling, blasting and crushing operations;

• Operation of heavy earth moving equipment which are mostly run on diesel;

• Loading operations;

• Transportation of ore/overburden in dumpers;

• Exposed pit area and dumps; Similarly, the PM10 and PM 2.5 and dust particles emanates during drilling, blasting, excavation, loading and unloading of the coal and overburden, transportation by tippers and stock piling operation. Size of the particles emitted in atmosphere plays a major role in deciding the distance to which they may be transported away. Particles of larger size fall fairly rapidly around their source, because of gravitational settling but the aerosols because of their small size may be held in suspension and may be transported to a greater distances. Eventually, these smaller particles are collected in rain drops and fall on earth. The composition of these particles largely depends on the composition of the coal/ore being processed. The proposed mine with its capacity of 0.210 million TPA of raw coal, is likely to generate dust, NOx and SO2.The impact on air quality of integrated coal complex depend on the magnitude of coal extraction operations and transportation & handling. The intensity of operation is directly related to the rate of production of coal from the mine and coal washing.

RSPM is the main cause of respiratory disorders amongst the workers and necessitates mine workers and others who are directly involved in the mining/ field activity to wear dust mask as a safety precaution. The emissions are not likely to affect the area outside the premises.



110

Proper emission control measures will, therefore, be necessary to protect the environment and workers in these areas.

The ambient air quality monitoring results show that in the villages around the proposed ML area, particulate concentrations are within the prescribed limits (CPCB standards) however, at present the only source of pollution is domestic activities. Once the mining operation starts, it is anticipated that marginal increase in the particulate levels of the core and the buffer zones will occur. Dust suppression measures are, therefore, of utmost importance.

Vehicular movements within the mine site will add marginally to NOx and CO concentration. Monitored values of SO2, NO2 and CO in the ambient air are reported to be low in the study area. It is proposed that M/s BSIL ensures regular maintenance and engine tuning of vehicles used within the mine area so that the emission levels remain within the stipulated limits. As adequate dust suppression measures will be provided, the dust particles and RSPM will not get transported to villages in the downwind direction of the impact area.

PM levels will be higher within the active operational areas (mine area) due to blasting, transportation and crushing, however, the buffer zone is not likely to be affected with dust problems, if proper dust suppression and mitigation measures are taken.

Air pollution sources at the proposed opencast mine can be classified into four categories, viz., Point Source, Area Sources, Line Sources and instantaneous Point Sources as described below: a) Point Source/Single Source: These are stationary sources, which emit air pollutants into

the atmosphere from a certain fixed point. In the proposed mine, the following sources or activities form the point sources, which emit particulate matter.

• Drilling: Drilling & blasting would be required for overburden/coal benches before excavation by shovel. Top OB benches would be developed in horizontal slicing pattern; hence hydraulic shovel along with matching dumpers would be deployed, whereas parting between the coal seams would be excavated parallel to coal seams to avoid intermixing of stone with coal.

• Overburden: Top OB benches will be of 6 m height where 160 mm blast hole drill will be

used for drilling blast holes. The length of hole will be ranging between 6-7 m in OB benches. This activity will result in particulate matter emission.

• Loading& unloading of OB: The loading of overburden (OB) is proposed by shovels. These activities are likely to contribute air pollution in the form of dust/ particulate matter during discharge of material from bucket and gaseous pollutant like SO2, NOx and hydrocarbons due to combustion of diesel in the loading machinery. The generated OB will be transported by dumpers and unloaded at the designated locations i.e. at dump site. During unloading operation at the dump site of the OB, air pollution in the form of dust (PM) and gaseous pollutants namely SO2, NOx and hydrocarbons due to consumption of diesel in dumper is anticipated.

• Crusher: The crusher (400 TPH) proposed in the mining lease area is another source of

dust pollution contributing particulate matter. However, the dust generated from crusher will be confined to the crusher area by adoption of various dust control measures.

b) Line Sources: These are normally mobile sources, which emit pollutants in the area

through which they pass. The following are the sources of air pollution falling under this category.

• Transportation: Surface transport consists of transport of overburden and coal. Overburden will be transported by dumpers to respective OB dumps. Haul roads have been provided for movement of dumpers. Transportation also includes movement of service vehicles in the mine lease area. The traffic on the haul roads is likely to contribute towards increase in dust and gaseous pollutants concentration in the mining area. However, this is more of a localized phenomenon within the mining areas that have limited human exposure.



111

• Dozing: Dozing is envisaged during mining operations. The dozing activity is likely to contribute to air pollution in the form of PM, SO2, NOx and hydrocarbons due to use of diesel operated machines.

c) Area Sources/Multiple Sources : The total mine area with all mining activities like

operation of equipment/machinery, active mine pit, coal stock yard and waste dump locations and haul roads constitute the area source, which lead to increase in air pollution in and around mine lease area.

d) Instantaneous Sources: Blasting process involves dislodgement of big blocks of

rocks/mineral from the mines. This operation generates maximum dust, which results in the increase in PM concentration. It also contributes to emissions of certain gases like oxides of nitrogen and ammonia due to the use of explosives like ANFO.

The size of the dust particles emitted into the atmosphere plays a major role in deciding the distance to which they may be transported. Particles of larger size fall fairly rapidly and closer to their source because of gravitational settling. Smaller particles are collected in raindrops and fall on earth. The composition of these particles largely depends on the composition of the mineral being processed i.e. coal in this case.

4.1.6 Prediction of Impacts on Air Quality - Dispersion Modeling: Prediction of impacts on

air environment has been carried out by a mathematical model, AEROMODdispersion model which is a computerized air quality model specifically designed for computing concentration and analysis of the dispersion of fugitive dust.

• Model Input Data: The modeling has been carried out to predict the impacts of the proposed mining operations with production capacity of 0.210 million tonnes per annum (MTPA) on the existing environment, using emission factor arrived at for the worst case i.e. without control measures. The emission factors have been estimated for 13 sources and used. The hourly meteorological data recorded at site has been used in the model. Mixing height was calculated using standard empirical formula.

4.1.7 Modeling Results (Incremental Ground Level Concentrations): The predicted

incremental concentrations of PM10 are presented in Table-4.3. The predicted Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) of PM2.5 are given in Table 4.4.The predicted ground level concentration isopleths for PM10& PM2.5 during pre-monsoon season are shown in Figure 4.1 & Figure 4.2 respectively.



112

Figure - 4.1Predicted 24 Hourly GLC of PM10



113

Figure 4.2 : Predicted 24 hourly GLC of PM2.5



114

Table 4.3 Predicted Ground Level Concentration for Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter

(PM10), ug/m3

Station Code

Location/ Village

Baseline value (ug/m3)

Incremental value during mine operation

Total GLC during mining operation

National Ambient Air Quality Norm

AQ-1, Mine lease area 52.4 0.945 53.34 100

AQ-2 Khapri 48.1 0.24 48.34 100

AQ-3 Ardwan 42.2 1.179 43.37 100

AQ-4 Sawli 43.6 1.18 44.78 100

AQ-5 Mukutban 54.7 1.41 56.11 100

AQ-6 Pimprod 43.8 0.45 44.25 100

AQ-7 Hirapur 43.9 0.48 44.38 100

AQ-8 Bhendala 47.0 1.179 48.17 100

AQ-9 Ganeshpur 50.7 0.241 50.94 100

* Prediction carried out by AEROMOD model considering dispersion without mitigative measures

Table 4.4 Predicted Ground Level Concentration for Particulate Matter (PM2.5), g/m3

Station Code

Location/ Village

Baseline value (ug/m3)

Incremental value during mine operation

Total GLC during mining operation

National Ambient Air Quality Norm

AQ-1 Mine lease area 26.3 0.14 26.44 60.0

AQ-2 Khapri 22.4 0.02 22.42 60.0

AQ-3 Ardwan 19.5 0.19 19.69 60.0

AQ-4 Sawli 22.1 0.24 22.34 60.0

AQ-5 Mukutban 29.7 0.09 29.79 60.0

AQ-6 Pimprod 23.6 0.03 23.63 60.0

AQ-7 Hirapur 22.1 0.05 22.15 60.0

AQ-8 Bhendala 22.4 0.24 22.64 60.0

AQ-9 Ganeshpur 23.4 0.02 23.42 60.0

Prediction of Impacts on Air Quality due to Transportation -Dispersion Modeling:

Prediction of impacts on air quality due totransportation in the study area has also been carried out by dispersion modeling.

Modeling Results (Incremental Ground Level Concentrations)

The predicted incremental concentrations of PM10, SOx& NOX worked out to be quite insignificant and the cumulative concentration will be within the prescribed permissible limits of ambient air quality. The predicted ground level concentration isopleths for PM10SOx& NOX are shown in Figure 4.3 Figure 4.4 & Figure 4.5 respectively.



115

Figure 4.3: Predicted GLC Isopleths for PM10



116

Figure 4.4: Predicted GLC Isopleths for SOx



117

Figure 4.5: Predicted GLC Isopleths for NOX



118

4.1.8 Impact on Water Regime: The area affected by underground and opencast mine is a

function of mine depth and hydraulic conductivity of the rock. The coal mining activity may create temporary dis-equilibrium in environment locally and impacts may be on three accounts: • Impact on land surface

• Impact on surface runoff

• Impact on ground water Impact on land surface: Within the core zone area, cracks and loosening of soil will occur due to mining and associated activities such as drilling, blasting and coal extraction. Due to these activities physical/textural changes will occur in soil formation. The mining induced processes will increase the rate of infiltration and recharge. The studies carried out for Indian coal fields have established that rainfall-infiltration rates have increased by 100% in the core zone area of opencast mines thereby increasing the scope of ground water recharge. The land-fill surface will act as good media for high ground water recharge due to high induced permeability. Thus, opencast mine will act as a rainwater harvesting system.

Impact on surface runoff: It is established that high infiltration zone will serve as good media for high ground water recharge and reduce the surface run-off considerably in the core zone. Modeling studies suggest that in pre-mining conditions the surface flow will be 25% of annual rainfall whereas in post-mining conditions the flow will be 15% in opencast mines and 23% in underground mines. As such surface flow contribution to the natural drains from the mining area would be reduced thereby some minor change is expected in hydrological regime of the river system. It is expected that due to increase in recharge of ground water, run off (base flow) will increase into Upasa Nala and thus there may be some marginal change in quantity of river water due to mining.

Impact on ground water system: The area affected by opencast and underground mining is a function of mine depth and hydraulic conductivity of the rocks. Due to consolidation and considerable mine depth the impact on unconfined aquifer will be negligible. During development also the aquifer lying above coal seam gets affected. However, the mine water discharged into the local drainage channel/tanks will behave as constant source of recharge and will improve the water levels near the mine area. A modeling study has been done for rainfall infiltration in pre-mining and post-mining conditions and output data reveals 10% infiltration of annual rainfall during pre-mining condition and 21 % infiltration of annual rainfall during post-mining condition in case of opencast mining. Thus, there will be net increase in ground water recharge due to mining. After the cessation of mining, the ground water levels will recoup and attain normalcy. Thus, the impact on ground water system is a temporary phenomenon. Further, it is also observed that the backfilled area will improve recharge system and thus water storage in the area. So, in post- mining period, the part of the mine area can be used as rain water harvesting system.

4.1.9 Impact on Water Quality

Surface Water The suspended solids generated during the mining operations pose major problem for contamination of surface water. These are mainly from following sources.

• Discharge of mine run-off during rains to the surface water channels;

• Wash off from waste dumps and coal stock piles during rainy season;

• Oil spillage from maintenance workshops;

• Wastewater discharge from office building etc.

The location of the waste dumping area shall be properly planned, shaped, capped and graded, so as to prevent soil erosion along with the run-off by providing garland drains around external dump and early start of backfilling thus minimizing external dumping, the possibility of surface water contamination due to wash off water from dumps may not be anticipated.

Sanitary wastewater generated from offices at mine site is proposed to be discharged into septic tank and disposed off through soak pits/Sewage Treatment Plant (STP)



119

Workshop effluent will be treated in Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) which will be designed for a capacity of 20 m3/day. The oil, grease & sludge collected from the ETP will be recycled through authorized CPCB vendors and the treated water from ETP will be reused in workshop.

Pyrite being the inherent constituent at sporadic occasions with coal, the instances of lowering the pH of water cannot be ruled out. Hence, it is proposed to regularly monitor the pH values of pumped water and treat this water whenever necessary by lime dosing of optimum quantity before its discharge into nala or its use in plantation or dust suppression. The sludge generated during the treatment will be disposed in overburden dump.

Regular monitoring of mine water quality will be carried out to prevent and control the contamination/pollution of the nearby surface water sources.

Ground Water

Ground water pollution can take place only if the mining rejects contain chemical substances. The chemicals get leached by the precipitating water and percolate to the ground water table thus polluting it. Any nearby wells or other sources of water can be rendered unfit for use as source of drinking water and even for industrial use.

Wastewater generated from the workshop and the offices, if discharged without proper treatment, will have adverse impact on the ground water quality and could lead to water borne diseases, etc. However, the likelihood of the ground water getting contaminated is very rare as there will be no release of harmful chemical substances from the mining operations.

Regular monitoring of ground water quality will be carried out to ensure effectiveness of pollution control measures.

The fluoride Problem:

The analysis of water samples carried out during April 2018 for ground water shows that the fluoride concentration in all the samples (except one i. e. GW-4) ranges from 1.03 to 1.82 mg/l which are more than use acceptable limit of 1.0 mg/l in drinking water as per IS 10500-2012 and may warrant defluoridation of water so as to bring down the concentration within permissible limit. The adverse health effects of fluoride are mottled enamels if the concentration>1.5 mg/l and skeletal fluorosis (which affects the bones of human body and restricts movement of joints) if concentration is more than 3.0 mg/l.

4.1.10 Impact on Noise Levels and Ground Vibrations 4.1.11 Noise level Impact

During the mine operation phase, noise will be generated from all sources. With increasing distance from the source the noise level decreases due to wave divergence. Additional decrease also occurs due to atmospheric effects and interaction with objects in the transmission paths. For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogeneous medium, one can estimate the noise levels at various locations due to different sources using a model based on the following principle:

Lp2 = Lp1 - 20 Log (r2 / r 1), where Lp1 and Lp2 are the sound levels at points located at distance r1 and r2 from the source. Combined effect of all sources (A, B, C,etc.) can be determined at various locations by the following equation:

Lptotal = 10 Log (10lpa/10 +10 lpb/10+ 10lpc/10.......), where Lpa, Lpb and Lpc are noise pressure levels at a point due to different sources.

Machinery / equipment proposed to be deployed in mining complex are used as input as noise generating sources. Noise generation is assumed 1 m above ground and spreading on a flat terrain devoid of any barriers.

Noise attenuation effects due to barriers like a 2.4 m (8 feet) high boundary wall, shrubs, bushes and trees, absorption by air, wind, temperature and humidity, were not considered for modeling, hence the values depict worst case scenario. The noise level will remain well within



120

the prescribed CPCB standards and thus the impact of the project operation on the ambient noise level of study area will be insignificant.

4.1.12 Noise Impact on Working Environment

Once the mine becomes operational, there will be various sources of noise in the area as listed below:

• Drilling

• Blasting

• Operation of HEMM

• Coal handling plant (CHP)

• Workshop

• Vehicular movement

4.1.13 Noise Generated Due to Blasting: Drilling & blasting would be required for

overburden/coal benches before excavation by shovel. Noise generated from blasting is neither continuous nor for a shorter duration but instantaneous; takes less than 5 seconds to occur. Noise of blast is site specific and depends on type, quantity of explosives, dimensions of drill holes, degree of compaction of explosive in the hole and rock.

Village Ruikot is located in core zone, and the impact of drilling and blasting needs special attention. The distance of habitation is more than 100 m from the proposed quarries however strict monitoring of the drilling & blasting operations from the selection of proper blasting pattern, use of optimum quantity of explosive, broadcasting warning signals as per the statutory rules, use of delay detonators for controlled blasting, pre and post blast water spraying, creation of thick greenbelt as barrier for noise propagation will be implemented by BSIL to reduce the impact of drilling and blasting on Ruikot village habitation.

The noise levels during blasting operation are likely to be in the range of 121-138 dB(A) at 50-200-m distance from the blast site. The noise levels tend to decrease with distance. As the blasting is likely to last for very short duration depending on the charge, the noise levels over this time would be almost instantaneous. The oscillation of rock particles is called Particle Velocity and its maximum value is called Peak Particle Velocity (PPV), which is measured in millimeter per second. The standards for safe limit of PPV are established by Director General of Mines Safety through Circular No. 7 dated 29/8/1997. The safe level criteria of PPV as mentioned in the above circular of DGMS are presented in Table-4.5.

Table-4.5 Permissible Peak Particle Velocity (MM/S)

Type of Structure Dominant Excitation Frequency

<8 Hz 8 – 25 Hz >25 Hz

A] Buildings/structures not belonging to the owner

Domestic houses/structures (Kuchha brick and cement) 5 10 15

Industrial Buildings (RCC and framed structures 10 20 25

Objects of historical importance and sensitive structures 2 5 10

A] Buildings belonging to the owner with limited life span

Domestic houses/structures (Kuchha brick and cement) 10 15 25

Industrial buildings (RCC & framed structures) 15 25 50

Source: DGMS Circular No. 7 dated 29/08/1997 As the distance increases, the PPV value is likely to reduce. The ground vibrations generated by blasting during the mining operations will be well maintained within the standards prescribed by DGMS and are not likely to affect the structures in the vicinity of mine lease area.



121

The impacts are minimized by choosing proper detonating system, optimizing total charge and charge/delay, noiseless trunk delays to minimize the noise due to air blast and non-electric system of blasting for true bottom hole initiation. By adopting these measures, the impact due to ground vibration will be significantly reduced.

4.1.14 Impact of Solid Waste Generation: During the entire life of mine of 18 years, around

25.19 million m3 of overburden (waste rock) is likely to be generated. Out of this 22.01 mm3 will be utilized in backfilling, 2.6 mm3 will be in external dump in the northern side of quarry – q and 0.57 mm3 as temporary external top soil dump. The area occupied by external OB at conceptual stage is 13 Ha and that of soil dump is 7 Ha. Both these dumps will be biologically reclaimed. To arrest rain wash-off from the dumps, retaining wall would be erected around the periphery of the dumps. The top of the dump will be terraced. The slope of the dump will be stabilized by seeding with grass. The balance waste i.e. 11 million m3 OB will be dumped internally i.e. back dumping and the area will be rehabilitated through plantation of local species in consultation with local forest officials. The generated topsoil will be utilized for plantation activity on the backfilled area and the balance soil will be stacked separately in a soil stack pile in between the pit and the surface dump. The details of stage wise generation of overburden/topsoil waste are provided in Chapter 2.

4.1.15 Impact on Flora and Fauna: Development and working of the mine in the non-forest area

will result in loss of the natural ecosystem standing on the land. It will also cause loss of the ecosystem on the agricultural fields in the core zone. Removal of all vegetation from the area required for mining and other purposes alters the availability of food and shelter for faunal population. Increase in turbidity due to runoff from overburden dumps and addition of suspended solids from the other activities will deteriorate the water quality if discharge is allowed without any treatment.

Due to mining and associated activities, fugitive dust in the atmosphere may deposit on different parts of the plants in the surrounding area leading to the destruction of flora. During operation phase, various vehicle/ machinery movement and blasting activities would create excessive noise that may force the movement of animals from nearby forest patches. The impacts will be minimized by opting for plantation with locally available varieties of species to make up for the lost vegetation. The impact of flora will be limited to core zone only as there will not be any removal of vegetation outside the core zone.

There is no Wildlife Sanctuary or National Parkin 15 Km radius of the coal mining project. The Tipeshwar Wildlife Sanctuary and its Eco-Sensitive Zone lies >30 Km in west direction from this coal project. Hence, no impact due to mining and allied activities is envisaged from this project. There is no reported migratory path of wildlife or bird species of threatened or protected species. The transport route of the coal also lies away from these areas. Plantation activities and creation of water reservoir at the conceptual stage will help to improve the biodiversity of the area.

Mining activities though limited to core zone but the impact of noise and blasting vibration as well as movement of vehicle movement may have significant effect on the forest patches located near the mine. Such impact can be minimized only by adoption of various control measures such as controlled blasting, creation of thick green belt around the mining lease with 3 tier arrangement of local trees. Water holes in reserved patches will be developed by M/s BSIL will support Forest Department officials in such activities. In addition awareness camps for the workers and villagers will be held on regular basis to highlight importance of protection of forest, use of clean fuel instead of firewood (collection of illicit firewood from forest is reported from the area), supply of gas connection to the needy families etc. Support to Grampanchayt in creation of grassland in village land will also be given to reduce intrusion of cattle’s in adjoining forest for food.

4.1.16 Impact of Traffic due to Coal Transportation: Due to geo-mining conditions of the

proposed quarry, inclined slicing system of mining is adopted. Requirement of HEMM in the project for achieving the target capacity of coal production is given in Chapter 2. A public road passing through the block will be diverted along the southern block boundary (common barrier between adjacent coal blocks) during initial stages of operation of mine after thorough



122

engineering survey. No displacement of people due to diversion of road is envisaged. Road transport shall be used for transport of overburden and coal. Overburden will be transported by dumpers to respective OB dumps. Haul roads have been provided for movement of dumpers. The direct impact on the existing traffic due to the proposed project will be only due to service vehicles moving outside ML area.

The traffic on the roads passing from the mine area is likely to contribute towards increase in dust and gaseous pollutants concentration in the area. There will be an increase in traffic due to movement of 35-40 dumpers /day which will marginally increase the pollution level at any given location. Recommendations for mitigating impact due to traffic are: • Use of tarpaulin cover on dumpers • Deplyment of personnel for regulating traffic during transport of coal • Provision of separate parking for transport vehicles • Regular monitoring of vehicular exhaust • Regular maintenance of transport vehicles • Greenbelt development (3 tier arrangement of local tree species) along the roads • Regular maintenance of the road • Water spraying

4.1.17 Surface transport consists of transport of overburden and coal. Overburden will be transported

by dumpers to respective OB dumps within the mining lease, hence there will be no impact of overburden transport outside the mining lease area. Haul roads within the mining lease have been provided for movement of dumpers. It has been planned to bring coal from working face to surface by dumpers. Coal will be loaded to dumpers. The direct impact on the existing traffic load due to the proposed project will be only due to service vehicles moving outside ML area. The available road network is adequate to handle the additional road transport. Considering 100% coal/OB transport by road which works out to be 700 tonnes per day of 70-75 dumpers of 20 tonnes capacity will be required.

Transportation also includes movement of service vehicles also in the mine lease area. The traffic on the haul roads is likely to contribute towards increase in dust and gaseous pollutants concentration in the area. However, this is more of a localized phenomenon within the mining areas that have limited human exposure. This is also likely to contribute towards increase in dust concentration outside the ML area.

Adequacy of Existing Road Network in Study Area

With present level of traffic and the predicted increase in existing traffic due to the project, adequacy of road/highway during operational phase of the mine has been estimated by comparison with the recommendations stipulated by Indian Road Congress (IRC). The IRC recommendations on traffic capacity are presented in table below:

Recommendations on Traffic Capacity – IRC

Sr. No.

Category of Road Maximum Carrying Capacity (PCU/day)

1 Two lane roads with earthen shoulders 30,000

2 Four Lane Divided Carriageway with Earthen Shoulders

1,00,000

The existing road has a width of 10 m, which is adequate for proposed coal mining project. The estimated peak traffic in terms of PCUs is compared with the stipulated standards prescribed by IRC for traffic capacity of the existing roads. It can be observed that the existing road network will be well adequate for the increased traffic.

Properly designed haul roads should be provided away from the general and traffic congestion. The traffic rules as enforced by the DGMS will be strictly followed by the operators of mobile equipment like rear dumpers, water sprinklers, tippers and other light motor vehicles. All mobile equipment will be provided with audio-visual alarms. Safety devices like fire alarm and control, operated by sensors should be inbuilt in the equipment/HEMM. Flashers should be fitted in relevant HEMM. The haul roads should be sufficiently wide to prevent accidents.



123

Provision for proper illumination of quarry faces, haul roads and other working places should also be made as per the statutory guidelines.

4.1.17 Impact on Sensitive Locations: There are no locations of sensitive nature and

monuments notified by archaeological department in and around the mine lease area.

4.2 IMPACT ON SOCIO - ECONOMIC ASPECTS:

The project is likely to create positive impacts due to creation of employment opportunities both direct and indirect. Generation of employment opportunities is important as the project region is devoid of any industrial activities and agriculture is the only main source of income.

The launching of the proposed mining activities may induce changes in the socio-economic and cultural environment of the project area. Assessment of standard of living of the people in the project area before and after the project has been commonly adopted practice of measuring change in the socio-economic aspects. This requires establishment of bench mark for socio-economic aspects before the start of project. As regards to assessment of change in living standard, it has been largely linked with gross income of an area due to various economic activities. The outputs reflect the living standards of the community. In order to ascertain the socio economic profile of the study area, primary and secondary data from the project area and census records was collected and analyzed. M/s. BSIL proposes to ensure its participation in social activities of the surrounding community through awareness and welfare programs and CSR activities. The activities include upliftment of social, economical and health related aspects along with efforts to address the basic needs of local communities including project employees as well who are the part of same communities. Proposed impact of project is given in Table 4.6 below:

Table 4.6 Proposed Impact of Project

Sl. Component Positive Impact Negative Impact

A Socio-economic condition

1 Economy/ Employment

The development and operation of the proposed mine will require near about 288 nos. of direct workers. Development of ancillary

and accessory industries is foreseen. Transport and other service sector would also develop manifold. Considering employment generation of this magnitude, the proposed mining project will

have positive impact on the local economy.

Nil

2 Education Improvement in the existing infrastructure of education around the project area. Accessibility to Colleges at Wani and nearby town

would develop and which would have a direct impact on enrolment of more number of female students.

Nil

3 Cultural Aspects As this is mining project will use developed technology and modern equipment, within 4 Km radius buffer zone of the study are no places related to ecological sensitivity and scientific or

geological importance have been noticed, which can be adversely impacted by the proposed project.

Nil

4 Aesthetics Being open cast mine, there would be change in the Landscape outside the mining lease area. Landscape will be improved due to various measures, like tree plantations proposed to be undertaken

by the project proponent. With the proposed development of green belt around the mining project, the aesthetics of the study area around the project site

would improve.

Nil

B Health, Water and Sanitation

1 Medical Facilities

Villages in the Study area have primary health centers or sub centers. Besides, Government Hospital (Civil Hospital) and Private

Doctors of almost all discipline/ specialists, medical facilities are available within easily accessible limit. Availability of health

institutions and experts within accessible limits is a positive sign of health care facility.

Nil



124

Sl. Component Positive Impact Negative Impact

2 Human health No qualitative changes in the plants and animal products used as food are envisaged. Adoption of various control measures for air, water, noise, will control the impact of mining operations on these components. Hence, proposed mining activity will not have any

adverse impact on the human health.

Nil

3 Sanitation Adequate hygiene and sanitation will be maintained in mining area besides creating sanitary facilities in nearby villages under

CSR/CER programme.

Nil

4 Drinking Water Project area people will get more safe and potable drinking Water Security Plan is proposed for selected villages will ensure safe

drinking water and adequate supply of water for domestic use in villages where Water Security Plan will be implemented.

Nil

C Impact on agriculture

1 Agriculture Due to addition in the number of employees and some induced population growth, the demand for agricultural and medicinal

herbs products will increase.

Nil

2 Industry Upon commissioning of the proposed mining operation, the project will provide impetus to local industries, number of service

industries, transportation and trading activities would come up in the area.

Nil

D Animal Husbandry and Pasture land development

Improvement in farm animals, their health facilities, vaccination and productivity of animal products is expected. Besides, better

economic condition will facilitate improvement in quality of animal breed, upkeep of pasture land and quantity of fodder.

Nil

E Self Help Groups

Improvement in thrifts and credits, savings and more opportunities for setting agro based and non agro based enterprises

Nil

F Women and Gender

Good roads, regular and frequent transport services, awareness among the masses would increase both social and economic

security of the people who would be affected. There is scope of accelerating growth in women empowerment, better opportunities among women, involvement in social decision making process in panchayats and other local bodies. Family planning programmes

would be more effective with the awareness among women.

Nil

There are certain economic opportunities arising out of need for goods and services in the project area. The economic opportunities include preference to nearby village people in employment in the project through the following avenues, subject to their suitability/eligibility:

i) Employment with contracting agencies ii) Allotment of shops / kiosk, iii) Award of petty contracts and small civil works such as removal and shifting of loose earth, construction of boundary wall, drains etc. iv) Vehicle hiring, PCOs, Kiosk v) Gardening, maintenance of greenery around the mines vi) Construction works and removal of debris near mines vii) Transportation of men, material and other goods and equipment viii) Lifting/shifting of other material such as sorting of coal, stores material etc. ix) Road maintenance, water management, grassland development etc.

4.2.1 Self-Employment Opportunities: Efforts will also be made to encourage formation of

cooperatives and self - help groups for the people in the project region to avail the following opportunities:

a. Supply of material 1. Milk and vegetables in township and other project allied areas 2. Daily needs provisions to the people working in the project (food products and

consumables). b. Settingup of



125

3. General stores and repair & maintenance stores 4. Ancillary work shop and auto spare parts units, maintenance workshop for vehicles, pumps, mobile / electronic repairing. 5. Transport facility such as auto, taxi etc. 6. Hotels and restaurants 7. Sweets shops, flour mill, tailoring shops etc. 8. Poultry farms 9. Processing units for medicinal and herbal plants, fruits and others 10. Sale and repair shops for electrical works 11. Shops for manures and fertilizers for plants and gardens 12. Basket and rope making units 13. Rearing of sheep, pigs, bee keeping 14. Fruit growing and floriculture c. Supply and transportation of sand, stone, bricks etc.

Financial support through soft loans shall also be arranged through state government and other financial agencies.

4.3 SKILL DEVELOPMENT AND TRAINING:

4.3.1 Training for Self Employment: The village people, during socio-economic survey and

public consultation, expressed their desire for financial assistance for availing self-employment opportunities. The local people also wished to undergo training in different skills for self-employment. Considering this, M/s B S Ispat Limited envisages to organize various training programs in the following trades:

a) Training for various trades required for mining activities b) Computer c) Mobile repairing d) Coaching for students aspiring for higher studies e) Dairy & Poultry f) Horticulture & Floriculture; g) Basket Making, Bamboo Crafting; h) Business and Trade; i) Fruit and Vegetable Planting ; j) Rope Making and Broom Stick Making ; k) Agarbathi Making and Papad Making; l) Bee Keeping and Honey processing; m) Processing of Achar, Jam, Jelly; n) Cycle, Scooter, Motor Cycle Repair and Maintenance o) Electrical Repair

The proposed training programs will be coordinated through the state government institutions/departments with required financial assistance from M/s B S Ispat Limited at site.

4.4 MITIGATION MEASURES 4.4.1 Air Pollution: Mitigation measures suggested for air pollution control include maintenance of

an acceptable ambient air quality in the region which require air quality monitoring on a regular basis to ensure compliance with the regulatory standards of air quality. In case of non-compliance, the mitigation measures would need to be upgraded. Measures for control of Dust Generation and Dispersion

• Use of sharp teeth shovels;

• Wet drilling;

• Water sprinkling on haul roads within ML area by utilizing mist spray system;

• Regular Water sprinikling along the transport route along with avenue plantation.

• Water sprinkling at crusher / feeder breaker during material unloading; Green belt around the periphery of the crusher is proposed.

• Controlled blasting;

• Optimize charge per hole and charge per round;

• Plantation in and around the proposed mine;

• Afforestation of completely mined out area, with minimum gap between



126

excavation and afforestation;

• Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery;

• Cabins for shovel and dumpers and dust masks to workmen;

• Natural dispersion of pollutants taking advantage of wind direction and meteorology:

• Good housekeeping. ➢ Control of CO

Heavy and light vehicles are the major sources of CO in the mine. All vehicles and their exhausts will be well maintained and regularly tested for CO concentration. The concentration of CO in the ambient air was observed to be much below the permissible levels at all the air quality monitoring locations. Expected increase in the CO concentration is very low as CO emissions from mining operations are small as compared to other pollutants.

➢ Control of NOx NOx emissions in the mine mainly occur during blasting operations. The main reasons for NOx emissions are:

• Poor quality of explosives having large oxygen imbalance;

• Use of expired explosives in which ingredients have disintegrated; and

• Incomplete detonation, which may be due to low primer to column ratio.

To ensure low NOx levels following control measures will be adopted:

• Use of good quality explosives having proper oxygen balance with regular monitoring;

• Regular updating of the date of manufacture/expiry to avoid confusions. A normal procedure should be formulated to check/visually inspect all explosives, and if disintegrated ingredients are spotted, the explosives should not be used, even if the date has not expired; and

• Rationalization of the Primer to Column ratio to minimize NOx generation.

All precautionary measures for control of dust during mining operations as well as

transporation will be adopted at source itself to ensure dispersion of the dust will be

under the prescribed standards. Regular air monitoring will also be undertaken. Over

and above, in case of damage to the crops due to this project will be compensated as

per the survey and directive of the concerned officials.

➢ Greenbelt Development Despite various dust suppression measures in place, dust generated from mine faces and fine dust produced during blasting operations is difficult to control. Therefore, in addition to the above mitigation measures, it is proposed to have dense green belt in and around the mine site to arrest dust.

➢ Occupational Health & Safety Measures For the safety of workers engaged at the dust generation points like drills, loading & unloading points, crushing etc., dust masks will be provided to prevent inhalation of RSPM/dust thereby reducing the risk of lung diseases and other respiratory disorders. Regular health monitoring of workers and nearby villagers in the impacted area (1 km from the core zone), will be carried out by M/S B S Ispat Limited. In addition, the company will also carry out regular occupational health assessment of employees as per government regulations.

4.4.2 Noise Control Measures

• Secondary blasting will be minimized to the extent possible;

• Systematic blasting with proper spacing, burden and stemming will be carried out;

• Minimum quantity of detonating fuse will be consumed by using non-electrical

• initiation system;

• Blasting will be carried out during favorable atmospheric conditions and also when

• human activities are at their minimum;

• Prime movers/diesel engines will be properly maintained;

• A buffer barrier of tree belt will be provided in phased manner along the periphery of

• the mine to attenuate noise;

• Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) like ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to the

• operators of HEMM and persons working near HEMM;



127

• Provision of sound insulated chambers for the workers deployed on machines

• (HEMM) producing high levels of noise will be made; and

• Exposure time of workers to the higher noise levels would be minimized.

• At transfer points free fall material will be minimized and suitable lining material will be

• provided

4.4.3 Ground Vibration Control Measures

• Blasting will be performed strictly as per the guidelines specified under blasting technology;

• Overcharging will be avoided;

• Charge per delay will be minimized and preferably more number of delays will beused

per blast;

• Blasting operations will be carried out only during day time as per mine safetyguidelines;

• A safe distance of about 100 m will be maintained from blasting site.

• During blasting, other activities in the immediate vicinity will be temporarily stopped;

• Drilling parameters like overburden, depth, diameter and spacing will be properly designed to give proper blast.

4.4.4 Overburden Dumps Management:

The management of overburden dumps involves the following:

• Stabilization of overburden dumps;

• Construction of retaining boulder walls;

• Construction of garland drains for drainage;

• Provision of jute mesh to facilitate grass or vegetative growth on slopes;

• Provision of good soil mixed with manure and subsequent watering for growth ofgrass

for anchorage on slopes. Plantation mixed with indigenous and fast growing

• plant species;

• Degraded area will be reclaimed and rehabilitated in a phased manner with local plant

species;

• Haulage roads will be planted with trees on either side; and

• The internal dumping will start when about 100 m space is available on quarry floor. By adopting the proposed sequence of mining, as the quarry advances, the amount of internal dump will increase as more space for the internal dumping is created.

4.4.5 Land Reclamation: Land degradation is one of the major adverse impacts of opencast

mining in the form of excavated voids and waste dumps. Land reclamation plan must, therefore, be implemented simultaneously along with mining activities. Any effort to control adverse impacts will be incomplete without an appropriate land reclamation strategy. The first step for a successful reclamation plan is to decide the post reclamation land use. In the present case it is considered appropriate to convert the land under a cover of dense vegetation, for the following reasons:

o The area bearing the local vegetation, further plantation has to match with the existing environment; and

o Trees absorb CO2, contribute oxygen, purify air, conserve the soil and prevent its erosion. Trees also promote precipitation and add to stabilization of slopes.

Keeping the above in view, the concurrent back-filling and land reclamation is proposed to be carried out as soon as sufficient decoaled area is available. After back-filling, area shall be leveled & planted with local species in consultation with local forest officials. At any point of time the area under disturbance will be kept at minimum.

The internal back-filling is proposed to start in a phased manner from 5th yr of operations. About 87% of the total OB generated will be accommodated in internal dump for rest of the mine life. The void area of 59 ha of the excavated pit will ultimately become a water body. This void area will also be suitably sloped, bunded and fenced. The details of conceptual land use are given in Table 4.7.




128

Table 4.7 Conceptual landuse of the area

Year

AREA ( Ha ) PLANTATION AREA ( Ha )

Excavation Backfilling Void Top Soil Dump

Ext. Dump

Backfilling TS + Ext.

Dump


Undisturbed land

Upto 31-3-15 16 - 16 - - - - - -

1st (2018-19) 19 - 19 1 2 - - 5 -

2nd (2019-20) 25 = 25 2 6 - - 10 -

3rd (2020-21) 31 6 25 3 10 6.00 5 15 -

5th (2022-23) 43 7 36 7 - 7.00 15 20 -

10th (2027-28) 74 27 47 - - 27 - - 90

15th (2032-33) 102 57 45 - - 57 - - -

18th (2035-36) 128 69 59 - - 69 - - -

22 year Post Closure Period - - - 69 - 25 -

128 69 59 7 13 69 20 25 90



129

4.4.6 Surface Water Pollution Control Measures :Retaining walls will be provided at the toe

of dumps and unstable OB benches within the mine to prevent wash off from dumps and sliding of material from benches. This will help in preventing siltation of water drains/channels;

• Water channels/drains carrying the rain water from the mine will be provided with baffles

and settling pits to arrest the suspended solids;

• Worked out slopes will be stabilized by planting appropriate shrub/grass species on the slopes. This will help in preventing wash-off of coal from these slopes;

• The mine water will be regularly tested and appropriate measures will be taken in case any element is found exceeding the limits prescribed by CPCB; and

• Seepage water and rain water collected in the open pits will be pumped out and

discharged into natural drainage system after de-silting in settling ponds.

• The probable cause of surface water pollution in the proposed mining area will be soil erosion and wash off from the waste dumps and coal stock yards in monsoon season. The run-off water during monsoon season flows through natural water courses into nallas. The surface water entering into the mine during rainy season will be diverted through suitable drains to reduce the wash off of soil. The general drainage direction in the working area will be towards the mine sump, for collection of water. The water will be utilized for greenbelt development, mining operation, which will reduce the fresh water requirement.

• Adequate measures to protect the mine during rains will be taken by providing garland drains around the mine excavations and also providing suitable drainage gradients for mine benches. Sumps of adequate capacity will be provided on the quarry floor.

Following control measures will be adopted to check the wash-off from soil erosion:

• Plantation of shrubs on down slope of overburden dump;

• Stabilizing road cutting

• Providing suitable drainage system to prevent surface water from entering into mines directly;

• Providing sufficient number of retaining walls/check walls at OB dump

• Diverting natural drains through the undisturbed areas and connecting to local natural nalla.

4.4.7 Ground Water Pollution Control Measures :The domestic sewage from the canteen

and toilets will be routed to septic tanks followed by soak pits/STP. Adequate maintenance of the tanks will be carried out to avoid choking with sludge.

• The workshop effluent will be routed through Effluent Treatment Plant and treated to

the discharge standards and reused in the workshop.

• Regular monitoring of water levels and quality of water in the existing open wells and bore well in the project area to study the hydrology of the area. If necessary, additional observation wells will be sunk for monitoring the water table levels and water quality around the mine both in the upstream and downstream. Opencast mine will act as natural rain water harvesting structure. Rain water falling within the active mine area shall be collected in the mine sump and treated for reuse. A schematic diagram of rainwater harvesting structure is shown in Figure-4.3.

The projected daily water requirement for the mine will be approximately 78 m3/day. This includes 65 m3/day for dust suppression and plantation. (Source mine pit water) and 13 m3/day for drinking and other domestic use.




130

Figure 4.6: Schematic Diagram of Rainwater Harvesting Structure




131

Figure-4.7: Schematic Diagram of Mine Water Treatment



132

Assessment of Problem: The opencast mining of Marki Mangli Coal block III will change

the scenario of groundwater and surface water to some extent. In order to restore the same, it is necessary to assess the problem and plan mitigation of the same. The areas of mitigation have been identified from the modeling studies as follows;

a) Regeneration of surface water flow b) Recoupment of groundwater level c) Water conservation measure d) Settling pond

a) Regeneration of surface water flow: During the course of mining, the process of

dewatering is an essential operation for safe and efficient mining. It is a common belief that mining will reduce the water flow of nearby river leading to temporary reduction in surface flow and same will be recouped with mine water pumping. The constant pumping of water and discharge to Upasa nala will result in provide perennial flow in the nala for irrigation and other purposes. There will also be rise in water level on the bank of river as bank storage.

b) Recoupment of groundwater level: The model study suggests that within the mine,

cone of depression will occur due to drawdown and within mine area there will be recuperation of water level due to additional groundwater recharge to the tune of 0.45 MCM. The opencast mining will prevent the lowering of water level in nearby villages by artificial recharge by rainwater harvesting. In nearby villages, that recuperation of groundwater occur during monsoon period. This is further corroborated by the hydrograph of dugwells stations under monitoring.

c) Water conservation measure:In order to ensure that the water table in the project

area and surrounding area is maintained at sustainable level following additional mitigation measures are suggested for implementation: • Re-inject water into well and tubewell

• Create local impoundment of water in appropriate part of the mine void.

The mine void created by old working pit may be used to conserve surplus mine seepage and pumped out surface runoff. The mine void will also act as water pool. The conservation of water into water pool will also act as artificial recharge to ground water system. Fig-4.8depict the location of water pool as conservation tank. The water pool area will be 2 lakh square meter. The void would tend to get filled with rainwater, surface runoff and mine seepage. The volume of water pool has been assessed to be 0.50MCM.

Figure-4.8: Location of Water Conservation Tank

LOCATION OF WATER CONSERVATION TANK /POOL

W 4

000

W 3

000

W 2

000

W 1

000

E 0

0

T A L C H I R

T A L C H I R

T A L C H I R

RUHIKOT

N

WATER CONSERVATION TANK /POOL

S 1000

S 2000

S 3000

N 000 W 0

0



133

d) Sedimentation/Treatment Pond: The mine water discharged on surface will be

passed through sedimentation/treatment pond for treatment before release for use. The location of settling pond presently under use is depicted in Figure-4.9. The design of sedimentation pond is placed at Plate-F. This will be an effective mitigative measure for mine effluent treatment.

Figure 4.9: Location of Sedimentation Pond

GROUNDWATER REBOUND :Rebound of groundwater process starts with cessation

of dewatering from opencast mine. In Marki Mangli mine when dewatering ceases, the mine void will gradually fill with water, a flooding process which has come to be termed as “Rebound”. Rebound will continue until such time as the water level in the mine void arrives at one or more “decant points”. As the mine water decant (i.e. overflows) into the adjoining aquifer and /or surface water body, the water level in the mine void stabilizes and will there after tend to remain within a narrow range, responding to seasonal fluctuations.

In the present case, the opencast mine is operating below water table, and the cessation of dewatering will lead to a gradual flooding of the void until such time as the water level within the void equals that of the surrounding aquifer. When this occurs, pit lake will be formed. Accordingly, the rate of inflow from the surrounding aquifer will steadily decrease, as the pit fills immediately after the cessation of dewatering, and the rate of inflow to the mine area will correspond to the final dewatering rate. By the time rebound is complete, groundwater inflow will equal the sum of evaporation losses plus any groundwater outflows. The analytical model study in terms of drawdown and rebound with reference to distance from the centre of mine has been done in respect of Marki Mangli III Mine. The distance, drawdown and rebound data have been given in Table-4.8.

LOCATION OF SEDIMENTATION POND

S 1000

S 2000

S 3000

N 000 W 5

000

W 4

000

W 3

000

W 2

000

W 1

000

E 0

0

T A L C H I R

T A L C H I R

T A L C H I R

RUHIKOT

N

SEDIMENTATION POND

Setting tank

9.150.45

6.00 0.60

1.00

17.05

Filter bed

4.20 3.000.60

0.60

Clean waterchamber

B arbed wi re fencing

PLAN

0.55 0.60

0.75

0.90

0.60

0.60

0.60 1.05 0.30

150 mm thick CC 1:2:4 f looring

230 mm thick PCC 1:4:8 subgradeCBS i n CM 1:61.65

1.301.20

1.20 1.35

1.500.30

CRS i n CM 1:6

1.50

1.65

1.20 0.45

1.80100 mm P CC 1:4:8

B ri ck i n CM 1:6

RCC S lab 110 mm tk

LONGITUDINAL SECTION1.80

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF FILTER MEDIA

1000 mm depth Sand

225 mm depth boulders

75 mm depth 20 mm size metal75 mm depth 40 mm size metal150 mm depth 75 mm size metal

FILTER MEDIA DETAILS

1.20



134

00 170010001700

50

1000

CONE OF INFLUENCE DURING MINING

CONE OF INFLUENCE DURING REBOUND

CONE OF INFLUENCE

CONE OF INFLUENCE


B S ISPAT LTD

00 200 300 400 500 600 700m.100

05

10

15

20

25

30

30

Table-4.8 Distance-Drawdown-Rebound Data

Distance from center of mine m

Drawdown m Rebound in mine

afla backfill

100 19 7.00

200 15 5.00

300 12 4.00

400 10 3.00

500 8 2.5

600 7 2.0

700 6 1.5

800 5 1.0

900 4 0.5

1000 3.5 0

1100 3 0

1200 2.5 0

1300 2.0 0

1400 1.5 0

1500 1.0 0

1600 0.5 0

1700 0.00 0

The radius of influence is the distance of zero drawdown which is 1700 m at the ultimate depth of opencast mine which is 50 m. The maximum drawdown will be observed at the center of mine. In post mining a rebound of water level in aquifer system will occur. The drawdown during mining and rebound during post mining depicted in Figure-4.10.

Figure- 4.10: Drawdown and Rebound

The water level will rebound approximately to the extent of sixty percent of original water level. The radius of influence will converse to 1000m. The rebound drawdown in mine will be is the range of 0.5 to 7 meter.

4.5 RAINWATER HARVESTING 4.5.1 Concept: Mining areas are not exception to the water scarcity particularly shallow aquifer

and forest land area during summer seasons. In the context of ever expanding increasing problem of water scarcity, there would be no other way but to conserve water through water harvesting to manage shallow aquifer and nearby land. The strategies of simple and cost-effective technologies on water harvesting which can be implemented in mining areas more particularly island adjoining the northern border of mine lease, to minimize the basic problems of availability of water, are detailed below:



135

4.5.2 Water Requirement: As per term of reference for the project issued by MoEF & CC the

water requirement will be limited to 78 m3/day. The number of mining operation days will be 330 per year. The total water requirement will be 25740 m3/year. Annual mine water seepage will be 2600 M3/day.

Quantum of Water required for Ground Water Recharge: It is estimated that 12370

m3/year water will be required for groundwater recharge to meet 200% groundwater

requirement.

Rain Water for Groundwater Recharge: Rainfall is also a source of water for

groundwater recharge. The surface runoff available in the Ruhikot micro water shed is

available at the northern tip of mine in between incrop and Talcher shale formation. The total

area of micro water shed is 3220000 m2. The normal monsoon rainfall is 0.943 m. The

coefficient of runoff depending on land use is between 0.25 and 0.85. The quantity of

rainwater available for recharge will be 790058 m3/year as shown in Table 14.9 below:

Table -4.9 Source of Water

4.5.3 Cost Estimate: The estimated cost of 20 Nos artificial recharge for monsoon runoff will be

Rs. sixty Lakh. The cost estimate have been done based on broad guide line of Central Ground Water Board, Master Plan for artificial recharge -2013 and local conditions. The cost may increase by 25 to 30 percentage depending on local market condition.

4.5.4 Piezometer: The measurement of piezometric head is an essential part of hydrogeological

regime during, mining operation. Four number of piezometer have been proposed for installation in mining area. The installation of piezometer will be done as per the guide line of CGWB based on the condition laid down in NOC letter of CGWA.

4.5.5 Conclusions:

• The water requirement for 330 working days at the rate of 78 m3/d will be 25740 m3/y.

• The mine water pumping will be 2600 m3/day.

• 12370 m3/y water will be required for ground water recharge to meet 200% ground

water utilization.

• The source of water for artificial recharge is monsoon rainfall and itsavailability is estimated to be 790058 m3/y.

• The type of structure identified for artificial recharge are rooftop, nala bund recharge

pit with shaft, recharge trench and micro percolation tank. The total number of structure will be 20 at an estimated cost of 60 lakh.

• The gross capacity of artificial recharge structure have been quantified and

worked out to be 90300 m3/y.

• Actual gross capacity of artificial recharge will be more than mandatory requirement, under safe category. Accordingly ground water clearance may be accorded.

• Number of piezometer would be installed in the mine area.

S. N. Land use Area (m2)

Mon- soon rainfall

(m)

Runoff coefficient

Quantity of rainwater available (m3)

1. Roof Top 3780 0.943 0.85 3565

2. Shed 945 0.943 0.85 757

3. Forest 2576000 0.943 0.25 607292

4. Open area 630768 0.943 0.30 178444

5. Total 3220000 790058



136

4.6 SOIL CONSERVATION MEASURES:

Top soil will be temporarily stacked at earmarked dump site and will be used for growing plants along the fringes of the site roads and reclamation of external dump and backfilled area. The top soil stockpiles will be of low height not exceeding 10 m on which grass will be grown to retain fertility. To prevent soil erosion and wash-off from freshly excavated benches and dumps following measures will be adopted:

• Garland drains will be provided around the mine wherever required to arrest any soil from the mine area being carried away by the rain water;

• Toe drains with suitable baffles will be provided all along the toe of the soil dumps to

arrest any soil from the dump slopes being carried away by the rain water;

• Special local stone paved chutes and channels will be provided, wherever required, to allow controlled descent of water, especially from top of the slope along the foothills;

• Bench levels will be provided with water gradient against the general pit slope, to decrease the speed of storm water and prevent its uncontrolled descent.

• Gully formations, if any, on sides of the benches will be provided with check dams of

local stone or sand filled bags. The inactive slopes will be planted with bushes, grass, shrubs and trees after applying top soil to prevent soil erosion;

• Loose material slopes will be covered by plantation by making contour trenches at 2 m interval to check soil erosion both due to wind and rain;

• Retaining walls (concrete or local stone) will be constructed, around the stockpile or wherever required, to support the benches or any loose material as well as to arrest sliding of loose debris.

• Regular addition of manure and vegetative mulches in soil.

4.7 RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION OF MINED OUT AREAS:

4.7.1 One of the major tasks after extraction of coal is restoration of the mined out area. This is an important task in the present project because the area is adjacent to forest. It is important to chalk out a programme of progressive rehabilitation commensurate with the nature of operation, rate of disturbance and also considering pre-project land use so that the pre-mining land use and ecological values can be restored to the extent possible. Proper landscaping of the area prior to start of the restoration process is very important. Top soil has a large number of seeds of native plant species in the mining area. Topsoil shall be used for restoration of plant species and also for providing a suitable surface for planted seedlings. It is proposed to temporarily stock topsoil separately and preserved for regeneration of mined out areas. Site preparation will also begin before initiating the habitat restoration work in the mined out areas. These will include (a) collection and conservation of the topsoil (b) backfilling with the overburden (c) collection, spreading and mixing of organic matter and (d) spreading topsoil. The habitat restoration program would begin with leguminous species and grasses in the early stage. The leguminous herbs and grasses will act as a soil binder and soil conditioner. Seeds of both leguminous species and grasses would be collected in one year advance in sufficient quantity. All the species selection should be native to the area and will help in regeneration of forest on the mined out area. Plantation of tree and shrubs species should be started by first week of May so that the saplings will get acclimatized and will not suffer shock due to heavy rain.

4.7.2 Plantation Programme on Overburden Dumps and Backfilling Areas :

M/s B S Ispat Ltd proposes to develop about 204 ha (including safety & reclaimed area and OB dump) of land with 4,08,000 saplings under plantation and greenbelt development programme in progressive manner during the life of the mine. The details of afforestation programme are given in Table-4.10. As per the MoEF & CC guidelines, it is proposed to plant local tree species @ 2000 trees/ ha in consultation with the Forest Department. The number of trees to be planted stage wise is presented in Table-4.11.



137

Table-4.10 Plantation programme

Year

LOCATION (area in Ha)


Top Soil Dump

Ext. Dump

Internal Dump

Undisturbed land

Total

Upto 31-3-18 - - - - - -

1st (2018-19) 5 1 2 8

2nd (2019-20) 5 1 4 10

3rd (2020-21) 5 1 4 10

4th (2021-22) 5 2 1 8

5th (2022-23) 2 2

6th (2023-24) 10 10

7th (2024-25) 5 10 15

8th (2025-26) 4 10 14

9th (2026-27) 4 10 14

10th (2027-28) 5 10 15

11th (2028-29) 7 10 17

12th (2029-30) 5 10 15

13th (2030-31) 7 10 17

14th (2031-32) 5 10 15

15th (2032-33) 8 8

16th (2033-34) 5 5

17th (2034-35) 7 7

18th (2035-36) 7 7

1st Year(2036-37) 2 1 3

2nd Year(2037-38) 1 1 2

3rd Year (2038-39) 2 2

Total 25 7 13 69 90 204

Table-4.11

Proposed Stagewise Plantation (species, nos.)

S.N.

2.

YEAR*

External Dump

Backfilled Area

Others (Undisturbed

Area)

Total

1. 1st year 6000

-

10000 16000 4600 2. 3rd year 20000

-

20000 40000

3. 5th ear 10000

-

10000 20000 4. 10t year -

36000

100000 136000

5. 15th year -

64000

80000 144000 6. 20th year 4000

38000 6000 48000

7. Upto closer - -

4000 4000 Total 40000 138000 230000 408000

Under CSR activities it is proposed to distribute fruit saplings (like guava, mango, jamun, chikoo etc) to the students of various schools for kitchen gardening. The students will be encouraged to plant these saplings at their backyards and in school premises. They will be also made responsible to maintain and nourish these trees. Every year a competition for healthy trees will be organised on any national day. Plantation is also proposed in Gram Panchayat, Anganwadi and PHC premises. Adequate funds will be earmarked for providing tree guards under CSR activities. Species proposed for greenbelt development are Azadirachta indica ( Neem), Acacia nilotica (Babool), Punica granatum (Anar), Terminalia arjuna (Arjuna), Ziziphus mauritiana (Ber), Mangifera indica (Aam), Musa acuminata (Banana), Dalbergia sissoo (Shesham) Ficus religiosa (Pipal), Ocimum sanctum (Tulsi), Syzygium cumini(Jamun),Tamarindus indica (Imli) etc. having survival rate of more than 90%. This will help in reducing the spread of pollutants and will also be effective in attenuating noise levels. The scheme of plantation is depicted in Figure 4.11 and 4.12.



138

Garland

DrainMine Fruit bearing /Flowering Trees

D.sisoo

Terminalia arjunaTerminalia arjuna or Dalbergia sisoo

MiscelloneousSpecies

Dalbergia sisooor D.agave

Flowering Trees(2 rows)

Dalbergia sisoo or Terminalia arjuna

(10 rows)

Backfilled Area

Garland DrainD.agaveD.sisoo

Miscellaneous species

(50 rows)

Backfilled Area

Backfilled

Area

Figure 4.11: Scheme of Plantation



139

Figure 4.12: Scheme of Plantation

Terminalia

Pongamia

Dalbergia

Bauhinia

Cassia

Mangifera

Miscellaneous

indica

fistula

variegata

sisoo

pinnata

arjuna

species

Dendrocalamus strictus

julifloraProsophis

Acacia nilotica

Drainage Channel



140

4.8 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT PLAN: As per the initial block allotment to M/s Virangana Steel Ltd, this block had ML area of 275 ha consisting of 255.50 ha of private land and 19.50 ha of government Land. There was no settlement in the above private land and as such only 64 ha in this block were acquired by the earlier proponent. Subsequently, the block has been deallocated and on reallocation to M/s BSIL the transfer of all earlier approvals and land acquired by earlier allotee were vested with M/s BSIL. In addition M/s BSIL has already acquired 62.4 ha of land and thus, need to purchase another 191.08 ha of land by acquiring this land based on negotiations with land losers. Adequate financial provision has been made by M/s BSIL for this purpose.It is further brought out that as per the approved mining plan in 2008-09, there were no settlements existing in the proposed 275 ha mining lease area and as such no resettlement was envisaged. The earlier environmental clearance envisaged rehabilitation and resettlement of around 389 PAFs in all the three blocks viz., Marki Mangli II, III & IV. Accordingly, certain provisions towards rehabilitation & resettlement were envisaged by the earlier allotee for all the three blocks.

As mentioned above, the said three blocks were subsequently deallocated and on subsequent reallocation of one of the three blocks to M/s BSIL, viz. for Marki Mangli Block III, it has been found that only about 144 PAF’s exist in the mining lease area of 275 ha allotted for this block. Considering this, M/s BSIL has decided to aquire the land of these PAF’s as per the provisions of the National R & R Policy/ Maharashtra State R & R Policy (whichever is more beneficial to the project affected people) for which necessary budgetary provision has been made. The purchase of agriculture land will be made by paying appropriate mutually and voluntarily compensation agreed between agriculturist land owner and applicant. Permission to purchase agriculture land has been granted by Directorate of Industries, Government of Maharashtra.Besides purchasing the land by paying the monetary compensation to the land owner it is also proposed to provide following benefits to the land owner and his/her family.

i. Employment in the Mining or allied activity for one member of the family depending on his/her eligibility.

ii. Skill development training to enhance the employability and self-employment for the landless affected families

iii. Services and Support of Social Organisations will be sought for assessment of felt needs of PAF’s.

iv. Preference to procurement of support material or services v. Involvement in plantation and allied activities vi. Support for Non farm activities for desiring persons vii. Medical check ups and appropriate support for medical facilities viii. Medical Insurance cover for initial 5 years period to the land looser families

4.9 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY:

The basic requirement of the community need to be strengthened by extending facilities like health care, educational, safe drinking water and building/strengthening of existing roads in the project area. M/s B S Ispat Limited would take suitable initiatives to fulfill the above social obligations which will help in uplifting the living standards of local communities. The proposed project would also create employment opportunities which will ultimately help in improving the socio-economic status of the region. The proposed coal mining project is expected to benefit the communities residing in affected villages around mine lease boundary as well as the peripheral villages either directly or indirectly. All efforts will be made by the M/s B S Ispat Ltd. for the development of the region under its peripheral area development programmes, particularly the villages affected by establishment and operation of the proposed mining project. As a part of Corporate Social Responsibility, M/s B S Ispat Ltd, aims at overall progress and prosperity of the local communities.



141

During the initial stages of implementation of the project, on account of land and property acquisition, some adverse impacts are likely to occur. However, it is worth noting that the project is in its initial stage and the anticipated adverse impacts will be mitigated with effective implementation of the appropriate mitigation measures incorporated in the EIA Report. The project will give impetus to further development of the region with creation of more income generation opportunities, leading to the overall socio-economic development of the region thereby improving the quality of life of people.

The minimize adverse impacts due to the proposed projects, an action plan covering mitigation measures on environmental and social issues has been developed. The proposed plan clearly focuses on the key issues, and recommends effective implementation of the suggested action plan for negating the environmental and social impacts in a systematic manner, and promoting sustainable development of the community in the post-project period. While formulating the action plan for the development of the affected villages as well as the peripheral area, utmost care has been taken and some special considerations have been made keeping in view the peculiar socio-cultural and economic aspects of the communities, particularly the tribals.

A Corporate Social Responsibility Plan (CSR) plan is prepared for this project as per the details provided in Annexure 7.4. The capital & recurring budget earmarked for the various CSR activities are estimated to be Rs 90.87 Lakhs & Rs 13.64 Lakhs respectively.

4.10 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER): Besides various CSR activities M/s BSIL also propose to undertake CER activities as per the directives provided in Office Memorandum of MoEF &CC dated 01.05.2018. Separate budget for CER @ 2% of the capital investment (for the balance amount covered in CSR activities provided at Annexure 7.4) will be earmarked and details of activities to be undertaken (like infrastructure creation, creation of drinking water supply, sanitation, health, education, skill development, roads, cross drains, electrification including solar power, solid waste management facilities, scientific support and awareness to local farmers to increase yield of crops and fodder, rain water harvesting, organic farming, soil moisture conservation works, avenue plantation, plantation in community areas etc) will be assessed through Yavatmal District Administration and shall be undertaken accordingly.

4.11 MITIGATION PLAN FOR FLORA AND FAUNA: The existing vegetation cover

within the mining lease area will be removed during the course of mining in a phased manner that too in the specific areas earmarked for various activities as per the approved landuse. However, the plantation activity within and outside the lease will help to compensate the damage. There will not be any removal of vegetation outside the lease area. The impact of mining activities and transport of coal outside the mining lease in buffer zone particularly on noise, vibration, dust etc. may directly or indirectly affect the floral and faunal composition. The magnitude to this impact can be low to moderate. Following mitigative measures are proposed to reduce the impact.

a) Plantation: Tree plantation is an effective means for reducing disturbance to wild animals. Noise attenuates much more rapidly in areas with tree cover than in treeless areas. Tree plantation can help prevent effect of noise in three ways. Firstly, tree cover will help to reduce noise more rapidly than a treeless area. Secondly, tree cover will prevent visual disturbance to wild animals by human presence. Thirdly tree cover will provide a natural habitat for wild animals and promote a feeling of safety in wild animals residing in the forests. Tree plantation is therefore recommended as an effective means of preventing disturbance to wild animals in the disturbance zone of the mine. The environmental management plan recommends creation of a 3m wide green belt along the roads, a 5 m wide green belt around colony and infrastructure and a plantation at density of 2000 plants per ha on intervening land. A green belt equal in width to the safety zone (7.5 m) is recommended along the inside periphery of the mine. Existing tree cover along the inside periphery of the mine should be allowed to remain. The trees planted should be of native species with thick leaf cover.

b) Minimising possibility of fire : There should be a well-designed and maintained fire fighting system in the mine to deal with possibility of fires. Water sprinklers should be provided at



142

appropriate places to deal with spontaneous combustion of coal. Fires hydrants of adequate specification should be kept ready in case of an emergency.

c) Aquatic Biodiversity : Siltation ponds of adequate retention capacity will be provided for minimising silt outflow with water from the mines. Regular monitoring of silt load in the discharge water should be carried out to keep it within permissible limits. The siltation ponds should be de-silted regularly to maintain its retention capacity.

d) Environmental Education and Awareness Among of Work Force : A regular education and awareness programme should be conducted for the work force to sensitize them to wildlife. This job may be entrusted to a knowledgeable NGO.

e) Standard Mining Practices : Several standard good mining practices have been proposed in the Environmental Management Plan. Some of these are:

• Dust suppression by sprinkling water on the haul roads • Covering the haul trucks with tarpaulin to prevent dust emission • Matting and grass seeding of the dumps • Green belts along roads • Regular maintenance of vehicles • Precautionary measures to prevent pollutant presence in effluent water • Maintain the pit water at neutral pH • Check dams and gabion structures to prevent soil erosion from dumps • Garland canals to prevent silt flow in runoff water • Settling tanks have been proposed according to need. • Control of vibrations due to blasting

These measures will help to minimise environmental problems related to mining. Combined with the other good practices they will be effective in minimising some of the impacts of mining.

4.12 IRREVERSIBLE & IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS:

A commitment of resources is irreversible when primary or secondary impacts limit the future options for a resource. It applies primarily to the effects of use of nonrenewable resources, such as minerals or cultural resources, or those factors, such as soil productivity or forest health, that are renewable only over long periods of time.

An irretrievable commitment refers to the use or consumption of a resource that is neither renewable nor recoverable for use by future generations. It applies to the loss of production, harvest, or use of natural resources.

Both irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources will occur with the implementation of the proposed opencast coal mine project.

Due to implementation of the project an irreversible commitment of land will occur within the mine area (core zone) where OCM part of undisturbed land will be disturbed. The disturbed land may represent irreversible commitments of resources because they may not recover to their original vegetation cover and composition if proper reclamation plan is not implemented.

In the proposed opencast coal mining project, the removal of coal will be an irreversible and irretrievable commitment of resources. While the coal will be irreversibly committed from the geologic formations, it is also irretrievably committed when burnt for electrical generation. Soil losses from handling, erosion losses from topsoil stockpiles, and other unavoidable erosion losses of native soils will be irreversible. M/s B S Ispat Ltd will adopt necessary control measures to minimize soil erosion and sedimentation and also will make effort to control and mitigate these effects to the maximum extent through feasible technological options.

The disturbance of the natural drainage pattern due to the mining operations is a long-term irretrievable commitment for the disturbed rainwater drains. However, M/s B S Ispat Ltd will



143

ensure that adverse impacts on the natural drainage pattern are minimized and that significant degradation of the downstream run-off drains does not occur due to mining activities.

4.13 ENERGY CONSERVATION: Conservation of energy in any form is assuming greater importance due to rapid urbanization and industrialization and consequent increase in per capita consumption of energy resulting in insatiable demand of energy. Hence, it is of paramount importance that the existing quantum of energy is put to optimal and economical use with a high degree of conservation. Special emphasis is laid at the project formulation stage to take all steps for conservation of electrical energy including power consumption and power demand or fuel consumption. All efforts have been made to incorporate energy conservation measures and necessary equipment in the planning and installation stage itself.

Managerial Control: To reduce occurrence of maximum power demand of certain group of equipment at a time and improve the effective load factor, demand meters have been proposed in each circuit breaker controlling the feeders. Use of solar energy at office premises and also for street lightning in nearby villages will help to conserve energy; Supply of solar pumps to grampanchayat and school is also proposed to reduce the energy consumption. This would reduce power demand of the project at the same level of power consumption and also relieve the system of transmitting unwanted power.

Energy Audit: Energy audit for the mine would be done regularly to even out maximum demand, as far as possible. Such an energy audit would not only pin-point the specific areas but also would highlight the areas where improvement can be implemented.

Maintenance: Special emphasis would be laid on the preventive maintenance of all electrical, mechanical and HEMM equipment. Preventive maintenance which has a direct bearing on energy conservation will be given due attention and consideration.

As part of good management practices, a feedback is necessary for better performance of the system. A statistical record of equipment working, breakdowns etc. would be maintained which would help in upgrading maintenance practices after a critical analysis. This would also result in saving of diesel and power.

Distribution Network: In the power distribution network, care has been taken to select suitable size of conductors and cables to minimize losses and voltage drop. Utilisation of voltage for the HEMM within the mine has been recommended as 11-6.6/3.3 KV. The transformers have been selected to operate at maximum efficiency. Each transformer has been selected to cater to the total load. However, all the transformers under normal conditions would share the load required for the mine.

Lighting: For illumination in mine and dump areas, LED lamps have been recommended to reduce the energy consumption and to achieve the desired lux level.

Haul Road: Dumpers used for transportation of OB consume energy in the form of consumption of diesel. For effective fuel conservation, it is proposed that haul roads, especially at ramps and turnings, will be maintained in good conditions to reduce ground resistance. Regular cleaning and watering of haul roads will also be done. Fuel conservation measures include:

• Construction of good haul roads;

• Regular cleaning and watering of haul roads;

• Regular cleaning / charging of filters for diesel driven equipment;

• Use of water traps in storage and strainer at handling of diesel spots;

• Cleaning of air filters to help unrestricted air flow;

• Cleaning of fuel injection system covering correct timing of injection pump,

checking for clogging of injection nozzles and corrective action;

• Avoiding excess idling of equipment;

• Frequent checking of intake and exhaust valves and corrective action; and

• Training of operators of mobile equipment in good operational practices.

• Regular checking & maintaining tyre pressure of the vehicles.



144

4.14 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH (IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES)

M/s B S Ispat Ltd consider protection of workers’ health and well- being as their prime concern and responsibility. The company accordingly proposes to adopt certain measures for providing proper occupational health services which will ensure optimal physical and mental health of employees & workers. These measures include:

(a) Identification and assessment of the risks from health hazards in the workplace; (b) Surveillance of the factors in the work environment and work practices which may

affect workers' health (c) Proper planning and organization of work, including the design of workplaces,

maintenance of machinery and other equipment.

Assessment of Risks: Risks will be assessed through impact severity and probability studies. In addition air and water quality monitoring, soil analysis and vibration studies will be carried out. Measures will be taken to communicate risks before starting of mining to general people. This will be done through proper training and conducting safety talks for workers to create awareness amongst them about risks involved and educate them through display boards highlighting safe work procedures on regular basis. The Location of Rain Water Harvesting is located in Figure 4.13. The schematic diagram of filter media for sedimentation/ treatment pond is given in Figure 4.14.



145

Figure 4.13: Location of Rain Water harvesting

LOCATION OF RAIN WATER HARVESTING

S 1000

S 2000

S 3000

N 000 W 0

0

W 1

000

W 2

000

W 3

000

W 4

000

W 5

000

T A L C H I R

T A L C H I R

T A L C H I R

RUHIKOT

S ECTION

HARVEST ING OF ROOF WATER

ROOF TOP RA IN WATER HARVESTING

PLAN

PLAN

RECHARGE PI T WI TH SHAFT

SEC TION SEC TION AL WELL

RECHARGE TRENCH

SECTIONPLAN

MICRO PERCOLATION TANK

NPLATE- A

P LATE- BI N NALA BUND

P LA TE - D

0 100 200 300 400 500m.

PREPARED BY - SRUSHTI SEWA

B S ISPAT LTD

LOCATION OF RAIN WATER HARVESTING

MAKRI MANGLI - III

1

2

3

4

5

6

4

3

2

1

MINE BOUNDARY

MINE BOUNDARY

MINE BOUNDARY

MINE BOUNDARY

TO MUKUTBAN

TO

AR

DW

AN

TO MANGLI

INCROP OF COAL SEAM

INCROP OF COAL SEAM

INCROP OF COAL SEAM

NALA

INCROP OF COAL SEAM

MINE BOUNDARY

ROAD

INDEX

Harihar Niwas, Ag rasen Road,

Opposite Adivasi Bhavan, Giripe th Nagpur- 440010

Phone > 0712 6888545 [email protected]

RT - 1 RECHARGE TRENCH

5

NALA BUND




146

Figure 4.14: Schematic diagram of filter media for sedimentation / treatment pond

Setting tank

9.15 0.45

6.00 0.60

1.00

17.05

Filter bed

4.20 3.000.60

0.60

Clean waterchamber

Barbed wire fencing

PLAN

0.55 0.60

0.75

0.90

0.60

0.60

0.60 1.05 0.30

150 mm thick CC 1:2:4 flooring

230 mm thick PCC 1:4:8 subgradeCBS in CM 1:61.65

1.301.20

1.20 1.35

1.500.30

CRS in CM 1:6

1.50

1.65

1.20 0.45

1.80100 mm PCC 1:4:8

Brick in CM 1:6

RCC Slab 110 mm tk

LONGITUDINAL SECTION1.80

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF FILTER MEDIA FOR SEDIMENTATION POND

1000 mm depth Sand

225 mm depth boulders

75 mm depth 20 mm size metal75 mm depth 40 mm size metal150 mm depth 75 mm size metal

FILTER MEDIA DETAILS

1.20

PLATE - F



147

CHAPTER 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE AND TECHNOLOGY)

5.1 SITE ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED: Since the strata above the coal seam consists of friable sandstone, it is not capable of providing a roof strong enough and essential for underground mining, Hence, conventional benching method of opencast mining with shovel-dumper combination is suggested for adoption.

In the Mining Plan, dip side limit of the quarries has been drawn along the 60 m depth line which for effective thickness of 4m for quarriable coal gives a coal: OB ratio of almost 1: 12. For `E' vatic coal, a cut off ratio 1: 12 has been considered as the economic limit. The option of deepening beyond 60 m depth will be reexamined at a later stage subject to the availability of additional borehole data to further prove the seam's geological structure, extractable reserve, stripping ratio and the feasibility of diversion of upasa nala which flows across the NW corner of the block to release additional quarriable reserves.

The allocation of this coal block is made through online bidding process and the coal mining projects are site specific as per allocation by the Ministry of Coal, GOI hence alternate sites were not considered. To facilitate easy transportation and reduce the pollution effects, a pit head coal washery is proposed adjoining the mine lease area, in Phase-II after assessing the techno-economic viability.

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY & METHODS

5.2.1 Choice of Method of Mining: Keeping in view the geological parameters, seam thickness

& partings, it has been decided to do opencast mining

5.3 ASSESSMENT OF NEW TECHNOLOGY / RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE

5.3.1 Mining Equipment Selection: The following options have been considered for selection of

equipment for mining: 1) Dragline; 2) Shovel dumper combination; and 3) Surface miners.

Option 1 – Deployment of Dragline

(i) Dragline is suitable for flat & thick deposits preferably having a gradient not more than 70 to permit back dumping of OB in de-coaled area. The OB is usually dumped on seam floor very near to the coal bench, leaving space sufficient only for water drainage and also to reduce mixing of OB with coal. If the coal seam gradient is not flat, the dumped OB will slide towards the coal area preventing coal extraction besides being dangerous;

(ii) The strike length of the property should be 1.5 to 2 km or more so that the dragline is not required to be frequently shifted from one end to the other;

(iii) The property should be free from geological disturbances. A dragline system works with a rigid operational geometry and frequent changes in the geometry may be difficult to implement without heavy loss of efficiency;

(iv) Not suitable for Multi – Seam working; and (v) The property should be large enough to ensure the life of about 40 years or more so that

heavy capital investment can be recovered. (vi) Although the block has moderate strike length, favorable gradient and life to deploy a dragline,

occurrence of multi seam do not favor dragline operation. Due to multi-section operations, re-handling would be more with the deployment of few more draglines in the lower benches thus escalating the project cost as also poor utilization. The use of a dragline is therefore ruled out.




148

Option 2 – Shovel Dumper Combination

This option considers use of shovel dumper combination with inclined slicing pattern for mining mass i.e. top OB and intervening parting. This will also facilitate water drainage to sump formed along with haul road. The top OB benches above the mining mass will be worked by horizontal slicing method.

The system is flexible and can be used in conditions of varying thickness of seams and partings. The flexibility of the operations enables geological disturbances to be negotiated without much loss of efficiency. Shovel-dumper system is very flexible and also offers convenient mining operations to deal with sudden occurrences of unworkable or poor quality patches. It also offers flexibility for easy transition to any other technology or equipment configuration. The technology is well known and advantageous in terms of getting skilled manpower. Given the geological conditions of the block, this system suits best and has, therefore, been adopted for OB removal. Further, in the process of selection of mining equipment, following basis has been considered:

i. Equipment should match the techno-economical criteria for the desired production level; and ii. As much as practicable, similar fleet of equipment will be deployed for coal and waste

benches.

Option 3 – Deployment of Surface Miner for Coal Mining

Surface miner is suitable for flat and thin seams. The limiting gradient is 1 in 10 or flatter. Also, surface miners require a large coal exposure which is possible only with sufficient flat deposits. Use of surface miner is proposed for coal mining because of following reasons:

• Eco-friendly;

• One surface miner replaces equipment for drilling, blasting, crushing, loading

and auxiliary works i.e. no secondary blasting;

• Mining without drilling & blasting, hence no vibration and fly rock

• No coal crushing is required, minimizes re-handling & dust generation.

• Enhanced quality of ROM (Run Off Mine) product by highly selective mining;

• Stable, clean surfaces and benches;

• Several working steps are realized by only one machine, leading to easier coordination and process planning during, dispatching and maintenance;

• Reduced noise and dust generation;

• Improved exploitation of the deposit; and

• Improved safety.

However, based on the regional geological features in the block under consideration, the gradient is varying between 1:7 to 1:8 and thus is unsuitable for deployment of Surface Miner Technology. From the above, it is clear that as per the existing geological features the most suitable mining technology will be shovel-dumper combination.

5.3.2 Quarry layout: The main considerations in designing the quarry layout are: • Economical production of required coal quality for the life of mine;

• Minimize transportation distance for coal and waste;

• Minimize re-handling of overburden and,

• Minimize adverse effects on environment;




149

CHAPTER-6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 PREAMBLE:

Monitoring is essential to ensure that the mitigating measures planned for environmental protection function effectively during the project operation period. A comprehensive environmental monitoring programme as presented in Table 6.1 is recommended for minimizing negative impacts and maximizing beneficial impacts of the B. S. Ispat project.

Table- 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan

Sr. No.

Particular Monitoring Frequency

Sampling Duration

Monitoring Parameters

1 Air Pollution & Meteorology

A Ambient Air Quality

Continuous Air Monitoring System at Core and Buffer Zone

Continuous Continuous Particulate Matter (PM10, PM2.5) SO2, NOx,

Core zone Villages: Ardhwan, Bhendala, Ruikot, Mukutban

Twice in a week

24 hrs continuously

Particulate Matter (PM10, PM2.5) SO2, NOx, NMHC and CO

B Meteorology

Mining lease and outside area. Daily (0830 hrs & 1730 hrs)

Wind speed & direction, temperature, relative humidity

2 Water quality

A. Surface water : 1) Upasha Nala passing close to proposed mine site.

Once in 3 month

Grab

• As per the parameters specified under IS : 2296 (Class-C)

• As per the parameters specified under IS: 10500 – 2012.

2) Point of discharge of proposed mine effluent

Once in 3 month

Grab

3) Penganga River One/ month One time

B. Ground water : 5 stations in adjoining villages

Once in 3 month

One time

Ground water quality parameters

C. Well or bore wells or piezometers in mine lease (2 locations) and surrounding areas (5 locations).

Once in a season

One time Static water level, pumped water level, seasonal fluctuation and other relevant parameters

3 Waste water

A. Mine effluents Once in a month

24 hour composite

As per EPA guidelines, 1986

B. Domestic raw & treated water

Once in a month

24 hour composite

As per EPA guidelines, 1986

4 Noise Levels

Mine Area Every week 24 hr continuous with one hr interval

A. Near the blasting/drilling site Noise levels in dB(A)

B. Near loading and unloading points Every week Noise levels in dB(A)

C. Along the haul roads for transportation

Every week Noise levels in dB(A)

Ambient Noise Levels

10 stations in adjoining villages Weekly continuous Noise levels in dB(A)

5

Vibration Monitoring




150

For effective implementation of the recommended environmental monitoring, it is necessary to establish and develop adequate facilities for sampling and analysis on permanent basis together with adequate instrumentation facilities and development of competent trained manpower. The project proponent will create a separate environmental cell to ensure effective monitoring on day to day basis. Further, internal quality control and assurance of the monitoring technique as well as analytical procedure together with periodic external audit will also be planned. A typical setup of the proposed environmental cell is shown below:

Figure 6.1: Environment Monitoring Cell

The environmental monitoring cell (EMC) will submit the recorded data of monitoring of air, water and noise etc. half yearly to Ministry of Environment and Forests (Regional office) and the SPCB, respectively through the project management.In addition, EMC will be responsible for the reporting of various compliances of the project to the regulatory authorities i.e. SPCB & MoEF & CC. The Compliance of all the statutory conditions of MoEF & CC, MPCB, MOC, DGMS and CGWA will be submitted. The environmental monitoring data will be displayed on the BSIL website.

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL

Manager (Mines)

Environment

Engineer Horticulturist

Environmental data monitoring

outsourcing through MoEF&CC approved /NABL Approved lab.

Plantation &

Green Belt

Development

Environment Monitoring

(Air, Noise, Water, Soil,

Flora & Fauna, Socio -

economic )

Laboratory Analysis

& Data 0Generation

Installation of Vibration Meter at Ruikot Village

Online PPV

6 Soil Quality

1.

Waste land - Mine Lease Area Agricultural Land Forest Land

Pre monsoon & Post monsoon

One grab sample

Color, textural class, grain, size distribution, pH, electrical conductivity, bulk density, porosity, Infiltration rate, moisture retention capacity, organic matter, Na, N, K, PO4, SO4, etc.

7 Land Use

Latest Satellite Image

3 years interval

- Change detection in landuse for Core and Buffer Zone




151

CHAPTER 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.0 PREAMBLE:

The Marki - Mangli Coal-III Mining Project has been allocated to M/s B S Ispat Limited through bidding process and Government of India, Ministry of Coal has transferred the project (vide its Vesting Order placed at Annexure 1.1) to M/s BSIL. Though the project had been granted environmental clearance to the earlier project proponent under EIA Notification 2006 after conducting the Public Hearing, the EAC (Coal and Thermal), did not extend the benefit of the same to M/s BSIL and the company has been asked by the MoEF & CC to carry out fresh EIA/EMP study as per the prescribed Terms of Reference (ToR) issued, conduct Public Hearing and submit the final report to EAC for consideration for grant of Environmental Clearance (Refer MoEF & CC letter No J-11015/425/2007-IA-II(M) dated September 19, 2016).




152

The Public Heraring for the said project was conducted on 03.11.2018 at Project Site as per the Notice issued in local newspaper 29.09.2018 (in English and Marathi on 29.09.2018 Copy enclosed as Annexure 7.1) by Maharashtra Pollution Control Board under the Chairmanship of Additional District Magistrate, Yavatmal. About 600 persons from the nearby villages participated during this public hearing and registerd their suggestions/views. Proceedings of the Public Hearing are enclosed at Annexure 7.2 and the action plan in compliance to the issues raised during this public hearaing is attached as Annexure 7.3 Budgetory provision have also been indicated in the action plan.

Following additional studies have been conducted in accordance with the generic structure of EIA/EMP document as prescribed by the MoEF & CC.

7.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY: Occupational health and safety aspects need attention during operation, and decommissioning phases of the mine. However, the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the above phases.

Operation phase: The problem of occupational health, during the operation phase is primarily due to dust and noise which could affect breath and hearing of the working personnel for which they will be given the following safety equipment:

• Industrial safety helmet and crash helmets;

• Acrylic vision face shield

• Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue color glasses;

• Welders equipment for eye and face protection;

• Cylindrical type earplug;

• Ear muffs;

• Canister gas mask;

• Self-contained breathing apparatus;

• Safety belt/line man's safety belt;

• Acid/alkali proof rubberized hand gloves;

• Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves; and

• Industrial safety shoes with steel toe.

All working personnel including contractual workers will be medically examined as per provisions of the Mines Act. This will be in addition to the pre-employment medical examination. Safety Plan All possible safety precautions during the mining operations will be taken. Safety officials with experience in disaster management shall be deployed and sufficient funds shall be provided for implementing all safety measures.

Necessary measures shall be taken to prevent anticipated accident due to following hazardous/risk prone activities.

• Slope failure;

• Handling of explosives;

• Fly-rocks during blasting;

• Dust hazards;

• Movement of HEMM;

• Inundation due to surface water;

• Fire hazards due to spontaneous heating of coal;

• Hazards associated with use of electricity; and

• Flooding of lower benches ❖ Statutory Rules: Deployment of HEMM in any mine for excavation of coal/ OB needs

planning of various activities in confirmation with the prevailing statutory provisions as per Mines Act 1952, CMR 1957, various DGMS circulars & bye-laws. All applicable statutory rules, regulations, bye-laws etc and statutory requirement related to Govt. licenses, workers compensation, insurance, etc, including minimum wage act for workers employed by the




153

outside agency shall be adhered to. Any other rule imposed by local/state/central authorities shall also be complied with by operators of HEMM/equipment for whom various protective equipment viz. helmets, shoes, safety gear for welding, working at height, electrical apparatus handling, etc. will be made available. Further, special precautions shall be taken if HEMM and workers are engaged for mining through outsourcing. Some of the major safety aspects before outsourcing of workers & HEMM are enumerated below:

❖ For Workers ▪ No worker shall be deployed unless he is skilled enough to take up the designated assignment

and trained at VTC, holding a valid certificate; ▪ Records in Form- B and Form- D shall be maintained; ▪ Records of vocational training certificate and driving license of operators shall be kept by HEMM

supply agency and shall be made readily available for inspection by management; ▪ Outside agency shall follow safety guidelines and safety instruction from project authorities; ▪ All drivers shall follow traffics rules formulated by the management; and ▪ Before deploying workers, they must be trained and briefed about safety aspects in opencast

mine. However, during course of execution of the work, if any accident occurs, major or minor, the matter shall have to be reported to the mine management i.e. colliery manager/agent/GM of area so that notices of accidents in accordance with Reg.9 of CMR 1957 and Section-23 of Mines Act, 1952 can be given and other necessary steps may be taken in accordance with the Mines, Act, 1952.

For HEMM as recommended by DGMS Circular (Tech.) 1 of 1999

▪ All machineries to be deployed in mines shall be checked for fitness by competent authority; ▪ A proper record of repair and maintenance along with inspection done by management and

defects pointed out shall be maintained and signed by authorized person; ▪ The HEMM deployed shall be equipped with audio visual alarms and proper light for use at night.

Also audio-visual alarms for reversing of HEMM shall be provided; ▪ Regular inspection of HEMM shall be done by the agency’s mechanic as directed by the

management; ▪ Machine manufacturers shall be asked to give risk analysis details in respect of the machines

deployed by outside agencies; ▪ Suitable fire extinguishers shall be provided in every machine;

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT: In any mining operations, whether opencast and/or underground, work safety is taken care of by the Mines Act, the Coal Mines Regulation, 1957 and Rules framed thereunder. The risk to general public in the present case may arise from the following:

i) Failure of dumps created by stones dug from inclined cutting. i i) Fly rocks during blasting operations ii i) Plying of trucks on public roads

There will be no risk to public from any of the factors listed above in the present Marki Mangli III coal mine case as there will not be any habitation in close proximity of the mine. An assessment of risk due to each of the factors listed above is given below:

The stone and earth material dug out while digging inclines for approach to the mine will be utilized for construction of ramps etc. for haulage incline. The excess stone and rock will be placed on the ground in low height dumps which will be reclaimed through plantation.

The blasting operations for approach to coal seam will be so carried out that there will be no fly rocks in normal situation. The blasting operations will be carried out only after warning is given to people in the surrounding bastis / habitations. There will not be any bulk storage of fuel and oil at this mine and only the permissible quantity will be stored with due precautions as prescribed. The tippers/trucks taking coal to power plant will be plying on State Highway




154

but entry from mine to highway will be kept away from nearby villages in order to minimize the risk to people around.

Risk assessment is all about prevention of accidents. In risk assessment the words Hazard and Risk are often used. The Hazard and Risk are defined as below: 1. A hazard is anything that has the potential to cause harm. 2. The risk is how likely it is that a hazard will cause actual harm. Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of various hazards (unsafe conditions) that exist in the mine. On the other hand, risk analysis deals with the identification and quantification of risks from the hazards present in the mine and exposure to the personnel there. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of populations etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum credible accident studies.

7.2.1 Approach to the Study: Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accidents comprising of an event or sequence of events. The risk assessment study covers the following:

▪ Identification of potential hazard areas; ▪ Identification of representative failure cases; ▪ Visualization of the resulting scenarios in terms of fire (thermal radiation) and explosion; ▪ Assessment of the overall damage potential of the identified hazardous events and the impact

zones from the accident site; ▪ Assessment of the suitability of the site from hazard minimization and disaster mitigation point of

view; ▪ Preparation of broad DMP, on-site and off-site emergency plans, including occupational health

and safety plans. The complete mining will be carried out under the management control and direction of a qualified mine manager holding a first class manager’s certificate of competency. The DGMS have been regularly issuing standing orders, model standing orders and circulars to be followed by the mine management in case of disaster, if any. Moreover, mining staff will be sent to refresher courses from time to time to keep them updated and alert. However, following natural/industrial hazards may occur during normal mine operation:

• Accidents due to explosives;

• Accidents due to heavy mining equipment; and

• Sabotage in case of magazine. In order to take care of above hazard/disasters, the following control measures will be adopted:

• All safety precautions and provisions of the Mine Act, 1955, the Coal Mines Regulation, 1957

and the Mines Rules, 1952 will be strictly followed during all mining operations;

• Entry of unauthorized persons will be prohibited;

• Firefighting and first-aid provisions in the mines office complex and mining area;

• Provisions of all the safety appliances such as safety boot, helmets, goggles etc. will be made

available to the employees and checked regularly for their use;

• Initial training and refresher courses for all the employees working in hazardous zones; Under mines rules, all employees of mines shall have to undergo training at a regular interval;

• Working of mine as per approved plans and regularly updating the mine plans will we practiced;

• Cleaning of mine faces will be regularly done;

• Handling of explosives, charging and blasting will be carried out by competent persons only;

• Provision of magazine at a safe place with fencing and necessary security arrangement;

• Regular maintenance and testing of all mining equipment as per manufacturer’s guidelines;

• Adequate safety equipment will be provided at explosive magazine; and

• Increasing the awareness of safety and disaster through competitions, posters and other similar drives. To deal with any type of above disaster, a rescue team having specialized training will be constituted.




155

7.3 MAJOR AREAS OF HAZARDS AND RISKS:

7.3.1 Blasting: Most of the accidents from blasting occur due to the projectiles, as they may

sometimes reach beyond the danger zone, mainly due to overcharging of the shot-holes as a result of certain special features of the local ground. Vibrations also lead to displacement of adjoining areas. Dust and noise are also problems commonly encountered during blasting operations.

Safety Measures during Drilling and Blasting:

• Drilling and blasting in quarry shall be done in accordance with the provisions of Mines Act,

Rules and Regulations;

• Adequate safety measures will be taken during blasting operations in the quarry so that men/machines are not affected;

• Groundvibration due to blasting will be controlled by reducing the following: 1. Explosive charge per delay; 2. Spacing and burden per blast; 3. Amount of explosive charged per blast; and 4. Exercising proper controlled rock movement during blast by using suitable

initiating sequence and delay.

➢ Measures Suggested to avoid Accidents due to Blasting

• Shots will not be fired except during the hours of day light or until adequate provision is made for artificial lighting and the holes charged on a particular day will be fired on the same day;

• Shots, if fired after hours of daylight, will be muffled so that the flying fragments from the blasting material do not project beyond a distance of 10 m from the place of blasting;

• Adequate shelters or other protective structures will be provided to the workers at all times;

• The shot firer will give sufficient warning by effective signal over the entire area falling within a radius of 500 m;

• If a single shot exploder is used or if blasting is done with ordinary detonator, the shot-firer will not fire more than fifty shots in one shift, but if multishot exploder is used, the number can go up to eighty; and

• During the approach and progress of an electrical storm, adequate precaution will be taken. 7.3.2 Overburden Dumps : High overburden dumps created at the quarry edge may cause

sliding of the overburden dump or may cause failure of the pit slope due to excessive loading, thereby causing loss of life and property.

➢ Measures to Prevent the Danger of Overburden

• A stonewall will be built around the toe of each active dump at a distance of about 50 m from

the toe; To prevent the failure of overburden slopes, especially during the rainy season, the following precautions will be taken;

• Proper terracing of the dump slopes, with a maximum bench height of 10 m; and

• In flat areas where the dumping operations have come to an end, the overall slope angle will

be flattened.

• Planting vegetationas early as possible over the overburden dump slopes;

• Provide drainage channels along the overburden dump toe for additional protection, in such a way that a distance of 15 m should be maintained between the overburden dump and the bench; and

• If a mine is abandoned, the bench and overburden dump should be separated from each other

by digging a trench of 6 to 10 m width.

7.3.3 Heavy Machinery: Most of the accidents during transport by dumpers, trucks, proclains and

ripper dozers and other heavy vehicles occur due to mechanical failures and human errors.

➢ Measures to Prevent Accidents due to Trucks and Dumpers • All transportation within the main working area will be carried out under the direct supervision

and control of the management;




156

• The vehicles will be maintained in good condition and checked thoroughly at least once a week by a competent person authorized for this purpose by the management;

• Broad signs will be provided at each and every turning point specially for the guidance of the

drivers at night;

• To avoid dangers while reversing the trackless vehicles, especially at the embankment and tripping points, all areas for reversing of lorries will, as far as possible, be made men free, and there should be a light and sound device to indicate reversing of trucks; and

• A statutory provision of the fence, constant education, training etc. which go a long way in reducing the incidence of such accidents, be complied with.

7.3.4 Water Logging: Water logging at the mine site can be avoided by adopting following

measures:

• Position of water body should be correctly assessed; and

• Draining of mine water by pumps of suitable capacity.

➢ Precautions against Danger of Inundation from Surface Water • A careful assessment is to be made against the danger from surface water before the onset of

rainy season. A garland drain will be provided to prevent the surface rain water from coming into the mine. Garland drain shall be provided around OB dumps and working mines to divert the rain water to main streams;

• Inspections for any accumulation of rain water, obstruction in normal drainage;

• During heavy rain, inspection of vulnerable points is essential. In case of any danger, personnel will be moved to safer places;

• During heavy rains period, the mining operation in the lower-most benches will be stopped. Thewater will be pumped out and discharged into the nearby nallah.

7.3.5 Storage of Explosives/Fuel: The explosive magazine with storage facility is proposed for

storage of primers, detonators, fuse, etc. For the purpose of transportation of explosives, explosive van is proposed. The main hazard associated with the storage, transport and handling of explosives is fire and explosion. The rules as provided under the Indian Explosives Act and Rules 1883 should be followed for handling of explosives. Most of the HEMM will operate on diesel. Hence, a diesel dispensing pump will be deployed at the mine site.

➢ Classification of Major Hazardous Substance Hazardous substances may be classified into three main classes: flammable substances, unstable substances and toxic substances. The ratings for a large number of chemicals based on flammability, reactivity and toxicity have been given in NFPA Codes 49 and 345 M.

7.4 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN: 7.4.1 Objective:A disaster management plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of

environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in the order of priorities. For effective implementation of the disaster management plan, it will be widely circulated and training of personnel along with rehearsals/drills be organized. The objective of the disaster management plan include the following:

1. Organize the rescue operation and providing medical treatment to injured 2. Minimize damage to property and the environment 3. Initially contain and ultimately bring the accident under control 4. Provide authoritative information to the relatives and news media 5. Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area and 6. Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause and

circumstances of the emergency. In effect the overall objective is to optimize operational efficiency for rehabilitation and render medical help and to restore normalcy.

7.4.2 Emergency Organization (EO): It is proposed to setup an emergency organization. A senior

executive who has control over the activities of the mine would be heading the emergency organization. He would be designated as site controller. As per the general organizational chart, a




157

Mine Manager would be designated as the Incident Controller (IC). The incident controller would be reporting to the site controller. Each incident controller for, would constitute a team responsible for controlling the incident. Shift In-charge would be the reporting officer, who would bring the incident to the notice of the incident controller and site controller.

In addition, Emergency coordinators would be appointed who would be responsible for activities like firefighting, rescue, rehabilitation, transport and provide essential and support services. For this purposes, security in-charge, personnel department, essential services personnel would be engaged. All these personnel would be designated as key personnel.

In each shift, electrical supervisor, electrical fitters, pump house in-charge and other maintenance staff would be drafted for emergency operations. In the event of power or communication system failure, some of staff members in the mine offices would be drafted and their services would be utilized as messengers for quick communications. All these personnel would come under essential personnel category.

Emergency Communication (EC) :Whoever notices an emergency situation such as fire would inform his immediate superior and Emergency Control Center (ECC). The person on duty in the emergency control center would appraise the site controller. Site Controller would verify the situation from the incident controller of that area or the shift In-charge and take a decision about an impending on - site emergency. This would be communicated to the all incident controllers, emergency coordinators. Simultaneously, the emergency warning system would be activated on the instructions of the site controller.

Responsibilities of Key Personnel during Emergency: Site Controller: On receiving information about emergency he would rush to emergency control center and take charge of ECC and assesses the magnitude of the situation on the advice of incident controller and decide:

• Whether the effected area needs to be evacuated;

• Whether personnel who are at assembly points need to be evacuated;

• Declares Emergency and orders for operation of emergency siren;

• Organizes announcement by public address system about location of emergency;

• Maintains a continuous review of likely development and assesses the situation in consultation with Incident Controller and other Key Personnel as to whether shutting the mine operation required and if evacuation of personnel is required;

• Directs personnel for rescue, rehabilitation, transport, fire brigade, medical and other designated mutual support systems locally available, for meeting emergencies;

• Controls evacuation of affected areas, if the situation is likely to go out of control or effects

are likely to go beyond the mine boundary, informs the District Emergency Authority, Police, Hospital and seeks their intervention and help;

• Informs the statutory authorities;

• Gives a public statement if necessary;

• Keeps record of chronological events and prepares an investigation report and preserves

evidence; and

• On completion of on-site emergency and restoration of normalcy, declares all clear and orders for the same.

Incident Controller

• Assembles the incident control team;

• Directs operations within the affected areas with the priorities for safety to personnel,

minimum damage to property, environment and minimum loss of materials;

• Directs shutting down operations and areas likely to be adversely affected by the emergency;

• Seeks help of all key personnel ;

• Provides advice and information to the Fire and Security Officer and the Local Fire

Services as and when they arrive;




158

• Ensures that all non-essential workers/staff of the affected areas evacuated to the appropriate assembly points, and the areas are searched for causalities;

• Preserve the evidences for any likely inquiry later into the cause and circumstances which

caused or escalated the emergency;

• Co-ordinates with emergency services at the site;

• Provides tools and safety equipment to the team members;

• Keeps in touch with the team and advises them regarding the method of control to be

used; and

• Keeps the Site Controller of Emergency informed of the progress of operation.

Emergency Coordinator - Rescue, Fire Fighting

• On learning about emergency, rushes to ECC;

• Helps the incident Controller in containment of the emergency;

• Ensure fire pumps in operating conditions and instructs pump house operator to be ready for any emergency with standby arrangement;

• Guides the firefighting crew i.e. firemen, trained mine personnel and security staff;

• Organizes shifting of firefighting facilities to the emergency site, if required;

• Takes guidance from the Incident Controller for firefighting as well as assesses the requirements of outside help;

• Controls the traffic at the incident area;

• Directs the security staff to the incident site to handle emergency operations under his

guidance and supervision;

• Evacuates the people in the mine or in the nearby areas as advised by Site Controller;

• Searches for casualties and make necessary arrangements;

• Assembles search and evacuation team;

• Make arrangements for safety equipment for the members of the team;

• Decides which paths the evacuated workers should follow; and

• Maintains law and order in the area, and if necessary seeks the help of police.

Emergency Coordinator - Medical, Mutual Aid, Rehabilitation, Transport and Communication

In the event of failure of electric supply and internal telephones, sets up communication point and establishes contact with the Emergency Control Center (ECC).

• Organizes medical treatment to the injured and if necessary shifts them to nearby

hospitals;

• Mobilizes extra medical help from outside, if necessary;

• Keeps a list of qualified first aid providers of the factory and seek their assistance;

• Maintains first aid and medical emergency requirements;

• Makes sure that all safety equipment are made available to the emergency team;

• Assists Site Controller with necessary data in coordinating emergency activities;

• Assists Site Controller in updating emergency plan, organizing mock drills, verification of inventory of emergency facilities and furnishing report to Site Controller;

• Maintains liaison with Civil Administration;

• Ensures availability of canteen facilities and maintenance of rehabilitation center;

• Ensures transportation facility;

• Ensures availability of necessary cash for rescue/rehabilitation and emergency expenditure;

• Controls rehabilitation of affected areas on discontinuation of emergency; and

• Makes available diesel/petrol for transport vehicles engaged in emergency operation.

Emergency Coordinator - Essential Services

• He would assist Site Controller and Incident Controller;




159

• Maintains essential services like diesel generator, water, fire water, power supply for lighting;

• Gives necessary instructions regarding emergency electrical supply, isolation of certain

sections etc. to shift in-charge and electricians; and

• Ensures availability of adequate quantities of protective equipment and other emergency materials, spares etc.

General Responsibilities of Employees during an Emergency:During an emergency, the workers in-charge should adopt safe and emergency shut down and attend to any prescribed duty as essential employee. If no such responsibility is assigned, he should adopt a safe course to assembly point and await instructions. He should not resort to spread panic. On the other hand, he must assist emergency personnel towards objectives of DMP.

7.4.3 Emergency Facilities Emergency Control Center (ECC):

For the time being, Mine Office Block is identified as Emergency Control Center. It would have external telephone, fax. All the site controller/ incident controllers, senior personnel would be located here. It would be an elevated place.

The following information and equipment are to be provided at the Emergency Control Center (ECC):

• Intercom, telephone;

• P and T telephone;

• Self-contained breathing apparatus;

• Fire suit/gas tight goggles/gloves/helmets;

• Hand tools, wind direction/velocities indicators;

• Public address megaphone, hand bell, telephone directories;

• Site plan;

• Emergency lamp/torch light/batteries;

• Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, sources of safety equipment, work road plan, assembly points, rescue location vulnerable zones, escape routes;

• Hazard chart;

• Emergency shut-down procedures;

• Nominal roll of employees;

• List of key personnel, essential employees, and emergency co-ordinators;

• Duties of key personnel;

• Address with telephone numbers of key personnel, emergency coordinator, essential employees; and

• Important address and telephone numbers of government agencies, neighboring

industries and other sources of help, outside experts including population details around the Mine.

Assembly Points: Number of assembly points depending upon the mine location would be identified wherein employees who are not directly connected with the disaster management would be assembled for safety and rescue. Emergency breathing apparatus, minimum facilities like water etc. would be organized.

Depending on the size of mine, different locations should be earmarked as assembly points. Depending upon the location of hazard, the assembly points are to be used.

Emergency Power Supply:Mine facilities are connected to power supply from the MSEB. In the event of any grid supply failure, diesel generator will be provided at the mine, which is operated as soon as any power failure occurs. Water pumps, mine lighting and emergency control center, administrative building and other auxiliary services are connected to emergency power supply. In all the blocks flame proof type emergency lamps would be provided.




160

Fire Fighting Facilities: Firefighting equipment suitable for emergency should be maintained in each operation areas of the mine as per statutory requirements.

Location of Wind Sock: On the top of the administrative block, windsocks would be installed to indicate direction of wind for emergency escape.

Emergency Medical Facilities: Stretchers, gas masks and general first aid materials for dealing with chemical burns, fire burns etc. would be maintained in the medical center as well as in the emergency control room. Private medical practitioners help would be sought. Government hospital would be approached for emergency help.

First aid facilities would be augmented. Names of medical personnel and medical facilities available in the area would be prepared and updated. Necessary medicines for emergency treatment of burns patient, and for those affected by toxic emission would be maintained.

Breathing apparatus and other emergency medical equipment would be provided and maintained. The help of nearby industrial management would be taken.

Ambulance: An ambulance with availability of driver in all the shifts would be ensured to transport injured or affected persons. Number of persons trained in providing first aid would be deployed in each shift.

7.4.4 Emergency Actions Emergency Warning: Communication of emergency would be made to the personnel inside the mine and people outside. An emergency warning system would be established.

Evacuation of Personnel: In the event of an emergency, unconnected people have to escape to assembly point. Operators have to take emergency shutdown procedure and escape. Time office maintains a record of deployment of employees in each shift. If necessary, persons can be evacuated by rescue teams.

All Clear Signal: At the end of an emergency, after discussing with Incident Controllers and Emergency coordinators, the Site Controller orders an all clear signal.

7.4.5 General Employee Information: During an emergency, employees would be warned by blowing siren in specific pattern. Employees would be provided with information related to fire hazards, antidotes and first aid measures. Those who are designated as key personnel and essential employees would be given training in emergency response.

Co-ordination with Local Authorities: Keeping in view the nature of emergency, two levels of coordination are proposed. In case of an On- Site Emergency, resources within the organization would be mobilized and in the event of an Extreme Emergency local authorities help would also be sought.

In the event of an emergency developing into an offsite emergency, Local Authority and District Emergency Authority (normally the Collector) would be apprised of the situation and under his supervision, the offsite Disaster Management Plan would be implemented. For this purpose, the facilities that are available locally, i.e. medical, transport, personnel, rescue accommodation, voluntary organizations etc. would be mustered.

Mutual Aid: Mutual aid in the form of technical personnel, runners, helpers, special protective equipment, transports vehicles, communication facility etc. would be sought from the neighboring industrial management.

Mock Drills: Emergency preparedness is an important aspect of planning in Industrial Disaster Management. Personnel would be trained suitably and prepared mentally and physically in emergency response through carefully planned, simulated procedures. Similarly, the key personnel and essential personnel would be trained in the operations.




161

Important Information :Important information such names and addresses of key personnel, essential employees, medical personnel, transporters address, address of those connected with Off Site Emergency such as Police, Local Authorities, Fire Services, District Emergency Authority would be prepared and maintained.

7.4.6 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan: The task of preparing the off-site emergency plan

lies with the district collector. The main aspects which should be included in the off-site emergency plan are:

• Organization: Details of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures,

emergency control centers, names and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their deputies and other key personnel.

• Communications: Identification of personnel involved, communication center, call signs, network, lists of telephone numbers.

• Specialized Knowledge: Details of specialist bodies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call e.g. those with specialized knowledge of fire control.

• Voluntary Organizations: Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources etc.

• Chemical Information: Details of the hazardous substances stored or procedure on each site and a summary of the risk associated with them.

• Meteorological Information: Arrangements for obtaining details of weather conditions prevailing at the time and weather forecasts.

• Public Arrangements and Information: Transport, evacuation centers, emergency treatment of

injured, first aid, ambulances, temporary mortuaries. Arrangements for communicating with the media and information to relatives, etc.

• Assessment of Emergency: Arrangements for: (a) collecting information on the causes of the emergency; (b) reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.

7.4.7 Role of the Emergency Coordinating Officer: The various emergency services should be

co-ordinated by an Emergency Coordinating Officer (ECO), who will be designated by the district collector. The ECO should liaise closely with the site main controller. The ECO should inform the DGMS authorities in case of accidents as per the statutory requirement. Again depending on local arrangements, for very severe incidents/accidents with major or prolonged off-site consequences, the external control should be passed on to a senior local authority administrator or even an administrator appointed by the central or state government.

Role of the Local Authority: The duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authorities. The emergency planning officer (EPO) should prepare for a whole range of different emergencies within the local authority area. It will be the responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations which will be involved in off- site handling of the emergency, know of their role and are able to execute it by having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to discharge their responsibilities. Rehearsals for off-site plans should be organized by the EPO. Role of Police: Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and controlling traffic movements. Their functions would include controlling by- standers, evacuating the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and informing relatives of death or injury.

Role of Fire Authorities: The control of a fire should be normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the site. The senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar responsibility for other events, such as explosions. Fire authorities in the region should be apprised about the location of all stores of flammable materials, water supply points and fire-fighting equipment. They should be involved in on-site emergency rehearsals both as participants and occasionally as observers of exercises involving only site personnel.

Role of Health Authorities: Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances, and so on, have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they should form an integral part of the emergency plan.




162

Major off-site incidents are likely to require medical equipment and facilities additional to those available locally, and a medical "mutual aid" scheme should exist to enable the assistance of neighboring authorities. Role of Government Safety Authority: This will be the Factory Inspectorate in the region. Inspectors would ensure that the organization responsible for producing the off-site plan has adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all types including major emergencies. They may ascertain well documented procedures and evidence of exercise undertaken to test the plan. In the event of an accident, the role of the factory inspector will come into play which may vary from keeping a watching brief to a close involvement in advising on operations.

7.5 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY: A separate report indicating Sector wise CSR activities proposed in neighboring villages has been prepared and is attached as Annexure 7.4. A brief of the proposed activities are as under:

Education

• Merit based education and scholarships.

• Provision of additional infrastructural facilities as needed in existing schools Health

• One mobile dispensary (hospital on wheels) to provide medical help to

villagers within their reach.

• Organize Rural Health Camps in surrounding villages, provide medical assistance and medicines

Drinking Water

• Providing safe drinking water to the people.

• Providing pump house and electric motor(s) for community drinking water

project in the villages, as required.

• Installation of new hand pumps and repair of damaged hand pumps as per requirement.

Sewerage and Sanitation

• Establish ‘Sulabh Shouchalay’ facilities in schools

• Construct drainage channels

Electricity

• Provision of solar pumps Roads

• Construction of roads for improvement of connectivity in villages and also

strengthening them wherever necessary

Agriculture and Animal Husbandry

• Establish veterinary clinic

• Fodder plantation in government land for cattle grazing

• Undertake deepening of ponds for additional water storage

Livelihood Development

• Introduce income generation programmes

• Provide training for self- employment and skill development

• Formation of self- help groups and micro credit schemes

Socio-Cultural

• Construction of community hall(s) in villages

• Renovation works of temple(s) as required.




163

CHAPTER-8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 INTRODUCTION: The mining project will have positive impacts in the project area and surrounding villages in terms of infrastructure facilities like roads and communication, transport, schools as well as basic amenities viz. drinking water, sanitation, hospitals, health care, and overall socio economic development M/s B S Ispat Ltd. will initiate necessary steps to create above facilities which will ultimately help in uplifting the living standards of local communities.

8.1.1 Direct benefit of the project: Some of the direct benefits accrued from the project include

the following;

a. An investment of about 147.10 crore is envisaged by M/s B S Ispat Ltd which will generate source of revenue for the state government through royalty on coal, taxes and duties, estimated to be around 4.20 crore per annum.

b. Major benefit would be in terms of generation of employment for local people. The required manpower during construction and operation shall be mostly from the local villages.

c. Local unemployed youth will be given vocational training for skill development and women would be encouraged to start house-hold and cottage industries

d. Large scale plantation, will improve the local horticulture and agriculture e. M/s B S Ispat Ltd. as part of Corporate Social Responsibility will develop and upgrade

local community infrastructure with focus on education, health, water conservation and livelihood restoration.

8.1.2 Indirect benefit of the project: The anticipated indirect benefits from the project include

the following; f. Development of coal block will boost the local economy and result in creation of new

infrastructure facilities and establishment of additional commercial activities such as increase in transportation, setting up of hotels, banks, hospitals, educational institutions, construction and development of allied industries and mechanical workshops etc., which will create more employment opportunities for the local people.

g. Direct employment to 288 persons and entailing indirect employment opportunities will boost the local economy and bring in improvement in standard of living of the local people.

h. The services like security and Canteen, transport, civil repair & maintenance are proposed to be outsourced to the local contractors thereby generating additional job potential.

i. The reclamation of the damaged area due to mining operations and afforestation through plantation with survival rate of 80% to 85% has been planned. Local people would be involved in this endeavor and award of contracts for supply of materials and services will also be considered for them.

8.2 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR): The project proponents are envisaging to undertake the following measures as a part of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). The budgetary estimates for capital and recurring expenditure on CSR activities are given at Annexure 7.4.

8.2.1 Health Care: The health care facilities will be provided through ambulance service, organizing family planning and medical camps and aid to the existing and proposed hospitals.

8.2.2 Educational Facilities: These include adult education, financial assistance for higher studies, sponsorship for vocational / professional training, computer education for students and aid to existing/proposed schools and colleges.

8.2.3 Civic Amenities: These include community toilets, drinking water facilities like public stand posts, repairing elevated service reservoirs, playgrounds for children and recreation facilities for all age groups. In addition to this, participation in and support to government efforts in extending post, telegraph, telephones, transport, power supply etc. services to the remotest part of the region.




164

CHAPTER 9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST

9.1 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION 9.1.1 Capital Cost: The capital cost for the proposed for monitoring & control of pollution is

estimated as Rs 846 Lacs as shown in Table-9.1.

Table-9.1 Capital cost of environmental protection measures

Sr. No.

Activity/Items No of Units

Amount Rs (Lacs)

Unit cost

Total cost

1 Air Pollution Control

Truck mounted tanker with sprinkling arrangement (No) 3 45 135

Water sprinkler fixed type LS 30 30

2 Water Pollution Control

De-silting tanks, garland drain LS 40 40

Boulder check plug 10 0.5 5.0

Septic tanks/soak pits/STP 01 30 30

Mine water sedimentation pond & pumps 01 75 75

3 Noise Control

Noise level Indicator (Fixed) 2 3.00 6.00

Personal protection equipment No. LS -- 20.00

4 Pollution Monitoring

Continuous Air Monitoring System 2 25 50.00

Piezometer for hydrogeological monitoring 4 3.00 12.00

Vibration monitoring 1 3 3.0

5 Conservation of Natural Resources

Solar lightening arrangement 20 0.5 10.0

Rainwater harvesting - LS 90.00

Soil preservation (biological reclamation) - LS 20.00

6 Reclamation

Reclamation, (internal dump) biological reclamation, jute mesh, plantation

- LS 175.00

Reclamation (external dump) - LS 30.00

Barbed wire fencing around void - LS 50.00

7 Occupational Health

Firefighting equipment (portable) 25 0.2 10.00

Personnel protection equipment (goggles , gloves, helmets, dust mask, safety boots)

- LS 15.00

8 Miscellaneous

Environment Management Plan, - LS 25.00

Awareness programme 6 LS 15.00

GRAND TOTAL

846

(Rupees eight hundred forty six lakhs only)




165

9.1.2 Recurring Cost:The recurring cost of environmental protection measures is estimated to be

Rs 40 Lacs as shown in Table 9.2 below:

Table-9.2 Recurring cost of environmental protection measures

Sr. No. Activity/Items Total cost (Lac)

1

Pollution control (manpower, consumables) 05

2 Pollution monitoring 10

3 Occupational health 05

4 Green belt 10

5z Reclamation 10

6 Other EIA/EMP, fencing, regeneration & maintenance of safety zone, expert advice, etc

05

TOTAL 45

*Above cost exclude mine closure cost. The mine closure plan has be prepared in accordance with the prescribed guidelines.




166

CHAPTER – 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s B S Ispat Limited (BSIL) has proposed coal mining @ 0.21 MTP by open cast mining at the coal block of Marki Mangli III in Tehsil Zari Jamni, District Yavatmal, Maharashtra State. The present Environmental Impact Assessment study has been carried out to assess the impacts of the proposed project on various environmental attributes viz. air, noise, water, land, topography, soil and socio-economic status & public health of the people in the project region & surrounding villages and plan appropriate measures to control/ minimize the likely adverse impacts. To meet this objective an Environment Management Plan (EMP) has been formulated for each component of environment and presented hereunder.

10.2 POTENTIAL IMPACTS & PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASRUES: A summary of the anticipated potential impacts and proposed mitigation measures is given in Table 10.1.

Table 10.1

Parameters Anticipated Impacts Mitigation / Management Measures

During Pre-mining and post-mining phases

Topography • Change in topography Due to change in topography the surface runoff will decrease

• OCP becoming slightly elevated due to backfilling of OB in decoaled area

• Creation of large water pond • The creation of large water body will make up losses

by increase in seepage in to ground water • Efforts will be made to restore the land as per Mine

Closure Plan

Drainage • Reduction in surface runoff • Increase in ground water

runoff (base flow)

• The increase in ground water runoff (base flow) will be gainfully used in mining activity and balance will contribute to local surface water quality

Air Quality • Emission of particulate matter, dust and gaseous pollutants namely NOx, SO2 due to mining operations viz. drilling, blasting, crushing, loading and transportation and movement of HEMM.

• Wet drilling; • Controlled blasting; • Optimize charge per hole and charge per round; • Enclosures with ventilation and exhaust system at

crusher/feeder breaker. • Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery; • Water sprinkling on haul roads within ML area bys

using mist spray system; • Water Sprinkiling on transport route using mist

spray. • Plantation in and around the proposed mine and

green belt development; • Afforestation of completely mined out area, with

minimum gap between excavation and afforestation;

Water Regime • Mining induced increase in rate of infiltration and ground water recharge.

• Mined area will function as rain water harvesting system

• Regular monitoring of water levels and quality of water in existing open well and bore wells to study the ground water in the project area.

• Water Security Plan for the selected villages.

Water Quality Surface Water • Water channels/drains carrying the rain water from the mine will be provided with baffles and settling pits to arrest the suspended solids;

• Discharge of mine runoff during rains to surface water channels

• Wash off from waste dumps and coal stock piles during

• Retaining walls will be provided at the toe of dumps and unstable OB benches within the mine to prevent




167


rainy season wash off from dumps and sliding of material from benches.

• Oil spillage from maintenance work shops

•

• The workshop effluent will be routed through oil & grease trap and treated to the discharge standards and reused in the workshop.

• Waste water discharge from office building etc.

• The domestic sewage from the canteen and toilets will be routed to septic tanks followed by soak pits/STP. Adequate maintenance of the tanks will be carried out to avoid choking with sludge.

Ground Water • ETP will be provided and regular monitoring of water levels and quality of water in the existing open wells and bore wells around the mine both in the upstream and downstream of the project area and corrective measures as required.

• Contamination due to discharge of waste water generated from workshop and offices.

Fluoride Concentration >1.5 mg/liter >3.0 mg/liter

• Mettled enamel of teeth • Skeletal fluorosis

Defluoridation of water at domestic/community level by installing suitable deflouridation system based on laboratory investigation and sound design. The proposed technique to be followed for implementation includes Nalgonda technique developed by NEERI.

Noise / Vibrations

• Noise / Vibration generation due to drilling, blasting, operation of HEMM, coal handling plant (CHP), workshop and vehicular movement

• Drilling parameters like overburden, depth, diameter and spacing will be properly designed to give proper blast.

• Systematic blasting with proper spacing,burden

and stemming will be carried out;

• Blasting will be carried out during favorable atmospheric conditions.

• A safe distance of about 100 m will be maintained from blasting site.

Minimum quantity of detonating fuse will be consumed by using non-electrical initiation system;

• Secondary blasting will be minimized to the extent

possible;

• Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) like ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to the operators of HEMM and persons working near HEMM;

• Provision of sound insulated chambers for the workers deployed on machines (HEMM) producing high levels of noise will be made; and Exposure time of workers to the higher noise levels would be minimized.

• Prime movers/diesel engines will be properly

maintained;

• A buffer barrier of tree belt will be provided in phased manner along the periphery of the mine to attenuate noise;

• Trees will be planted on both sides of haul roads.

Land / Soil Environment

• Change in land use pattern due to excavation, overburden dumps, soil extraction etc.

• Land degradation, soil erosion and visual impacts

• Concurrent back-filling and land reclamation is proposed to be carried out as soon as sufficient decoaled area is available.

• The internal back-filling is proposed to start in a phased manner from 5th yr. of operations. About 87% of the total OB generated will be accommodated in internal dump for rest of the mine life.




168


• • After back-filling, area shall be leveled & planted with

local species in consultation with local forest officials.

• • The void area of the excavated pit will ultimately

become a water body. This void area will also be suitably sloped, bunded and fenced.

Flora and Fauna • There are no endangered and endemic species in the study area.

• No wildlife sanctuary or national park exists in the study area.

• Mining operations are of comparatively low scale – only 700 TPD.

• As the forest of the buffer zone houses number of flora and fauna, though not endangered and endemic species, every attempt will be made to protect and conserve the forest ecosystem. Apart from this, appropriate measures would be taken for conservation and development of wildlife habitat.

Occupational / Public Health

• Health problems including respiratory disease due to air and noise pollution.

• Health hazards in the workplace

•

• Dust masks would be provided to the workers to prevent inhalation of RSPM thereby reducing the risk of lung diseases and other respiratory disorders. Earplugs will be provided to all the operators of HEMM.

• Regular health checkups including lung function test and audiometry test of workers will be carried out. Ear Muffs will be provided to all workers.

• Training on health and safety will be imparted to all the workers so that they develop habit of using the protective equipment. One resource person will be identified within the organization to impart the training regularly to all the employees.

• Regular Medical Camps for villagers, labours, employees & their family members would be organized.

• A Mobile Dispensary will be set up for the workers. • Various health awareness and family welfare

programmes for the benefit of the general public in project region will be organized.

Socio- economic • The main occupation of the people in the surrounding villages is agriculture and the proposed project might deprive them of this occupation necessitating alternate avenues for employment for their livelihood. However, the project will create positive impacts both direct on the economy of the region and generate employment potential.

• Local population will be made aware about the proposed project and shall be taken in to confidence prior to implementation of the project

• As far as possible locally available workforce in skilled and unskilled category will be employed in the project. This will minimize the impact of unemployment prevalent and created due to reduced agricultural activities in the local population

• The basic amenities/facilities viz. education, safe drinking water supply, sanitation, health care will be provided by the project proponent in the nearby villages for the welfare of the people.

• Regular environmental awareness programs would be organized by the project proponent to bring forth the environmental management measures being undertaken and the beneficial aspects of the project for improving their quality of life.




169

10.3 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT:

10.3.1 New plantations is of paramount necessity of the area. In addition to augmenting the present

vegetation, it will also check soil erosion, make the ecosystem more diverse and functionally more stable, make the climate more conducive and improve water balance. It can also be employed to bring areas with special problems under vegetal cover and prevent further deterioration of land. Based on nature of soil, performance of species and purpose of plantation, particular species have been suggested in plantation programme. Greenbelt acts as a barrier for air pollution and is important around the mine boundary to reduce the particulate matter and toxic gases and their spread beyond mine site. The plantation/green belt development programme tentatively will be as follows:

10.3.2 Width of Green belt

a. Along the roads: 1000 sampling per km; two rows on both sides of the road, width-3m b. Around Infrastructure: 2000 sapling per ha, width 5 m, 3 rows of plantation all around c. Intervening land: 2000 saplings per ha.

10.3.3 Species suggested to be planted a. Along the roads- Black Siras, Neem, Maharukh, Ashoka, Arjuna, Kasid. b. Around Infrastructure - Gulmohar, Neem, Kashid, Jamun, Sisoo, Maharukh, Ashoka, Imli,

Arjuna c. Intervening land - Siras, Teak, Neem, Maharukh, Black Siras d. Plantation will require large number of seedlings, for which a nursery will be setup.

10.4 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY:

Project authorities will aim at the improvement in the living standards of inhabitants of the project area by not only being a catalyst for development but also through infrastructure development of the area. The estimated capital budget for CSR has been considered as .Rs 90.87 lacs whereas the annual recurring cost has been estimated as Rs 13.64 Lacs. However the necessary re-appropiation in budget would be depending on actual financial requirements for creation of infrastructure and rehabilitation of the project affected people.

10.4.1 Health Care Facilities : Health care is a basic need of the village people for which following

activities have been planned:

i. Organizing regular Medical Camps for villagers, labours, employees & their family members ii. Mobile Dispensary iii. Various health awareness and family welfare programmes for the benefit of the general public

in project region.

10.4.2Income Generation Schemes : The local people such as rural artisans/small traders and

self- employed persons will be provided assistance to start various self-employment schemes, which include dairy farming, poultry, weaving, bakery, handicraft, cottage industries unit/shops and transportation. In addition, industrial training centers would be set up for imparting training to youths in various trades. Priority will also be given to local community in awarding job contracts.

10.4.3Skill Development Centers

Infrastructure and industrial training centers will be established to preserve and revitalize the traditional skill. The emphasis would be given to upgrade the local skills and providing them exposure to outside for further development. In addition, capacity building programmes would be organized to strengthen the local skill.




170

10.4.4 Other Social Welfare Measures

a. Social forestry activities will be undertaken by tree plantation. b. Mine workers will be provided with alternative cooking fuels to discourage them from using

forest wood

10.5 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING CELL:

It is recommended that the project proponent will create a separate environmental monitoring cell with adequate facilities for sampling and analysis of various samples with adequate instrumentation facilities and competent trained manpower to ensure effective monitoring on day to day basis. Further, internal quality control and assurance of the monitoring technique as well as analytical procedure together with periodic external audit will also be planned. A typical setup of the proposed environmental cell is shown below:

The environmental monitoring cell (EMC) will submit the recorded data of monitoring of air, water and noise etc. half yearly to Ministry of Environment and Forests (Regional office) and the SPCB, respectively through the project management. I n addition, EMC will be responsible for the reporting of various compliances of the project to the regulatory authorities i.e. SPCB & MoEF & CC.

10.6 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE:

The mitigation measures suggested above shall be implemented so as to reduce the impact of mining activities on environment. In order to facilitate easy implementation, mitigation measures would be phased in priority sequence. The implementation of EMP shall be reviewed periodically and corrective measures if any shall be taken. Mine management should ensure proper implementation of the control measure within the leasehold area for eco-friendly mining.

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL

Manager (Mines)

Environment

Engineer Horticulturist

Environmental data monitoring

outsourcing through MoEF&CC approved /NABL Approved lab.

Plantation &

Green Belt

Development

Environment Monitoring

(Air, Noise, Water, Soil,

Flora & Fauna, Socio -

economic )

Laboratory Analysis

& Data 0Generation




171

10.7 REHABILITATION ACTION PLAN:

As per the initial block allotment to M/s Virangana Steel Ltd, this block had ML area of 275 ha consisting of 255.50 ha of private land and 19.50 ha of government Land. There was no settlement in the above private land and as such only 64 ha in this block were acquired by the earlier proponent. Subsequently, the block has been deallocated and on reallocation to M/s BSIL the transfer of all earlier approvals and land acquired by earlier allotee were vested with M/s BSIL. In addition M/s BSIL has already acquired 62.4 ha of land and thus, need to purchase another 191.08 ha of land by acquiring this land based on negotiations with land losers. Adequate financial provision has been made by M/s BSIL for this purpose. It is further brought out that as per the approved mining plan in 2008-09, there were no settlements existing in the proposed 275 ha mining lease area and as such no resettlement was envisaged. The earlier environmental clearance envisaged rehabilitation and resettlement of around 389 PAFs in all the three blocks viz., Marki Mangli II, III & IV. Accordingly, certain provisions towards rehabilitation & resettlement were envisaged by the earlier allotee for all the three blocks.

The said blocks were subsequently deallocated and on subsequent reallocation to M/s BSIL, for Marki Mangli Block III, it has been found that only about 144 PAF’s exist in the mining lease area of 275 ha allotted for this block. Considering this, M/s BSIL has decided to aquire the land of these PAF’s as per the provisions of the National R & R Policy/ Maharashtra State R & R Policy (whichever is more beneficial to the project affected people) for which necessary budgetary provision has been made.

Usage of Waste Coal Material: Coal naturally occurs interbedded within sedimentary deposits and the waste material consists of varying amount of slate, shale, sandstone and clay material which occur within or adjacent to the coal seam. The waste is in the form of either coarse or fine material. Coal waste has been used as a substitute for sand in embankment fill and stabilizing base. It usually contains some sulphur bearing material, like pyrite and marcasite which could result in leachate. Therefore prior to use in embankment / road construction it should be cleaned to remove any residual of coal content for use as fuel particularly of derived from an old deposit.




172

CHAPTER – 11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 JUSTIFICATION FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT

Coal is one of the major mineral deposits occurring in Indian sub-continent. It has played a great role in development of civilization and industrialization. The occurrence of coal ore in the proposed area is proved by exploration. Coal is used in the thermal power plants, steel industry, cement plant etc. The present project envisages production of coal @ 0.21 MTPA from a mining lease area of over 275 ha falling within the topo sheet No 56 1/13 of survey of India. Coal deposits occur in this proposed mining lease. The net geological reserves are estimated to be about 6.19 Million tones and the mineable reserves area estimated to be 4.92 Million tones. The region, where the project is situated is mostly dependent on agriculture. The development of mining in the area will directly and indirectly contribute in increasing employment, infrastructure, communication, and socioeconomic status of the people in the project region and nearby areas.

11.2 SUMMARY OF ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION The summary of anticipated adverse environmental impacts and mitigation measures are given in Chapter 4 and Chapter 10.

11.3 CONCLUSION The proposed opencast coal mine project will have some negative impacts on the local environment, however with proper mitigation measures and an effective implementation of the environment management as suggested in this EIA/EMP report and recommended by MoEF & CC, CPCB and State Pollution Control Board, the negative impacts will be minimized to a great extent. The project on the other hand will bring in positive and beneficial impacts in terms of growth in regional economy by transforming the economy from predominantly agricultural to significantly industrial, increase in government earnings and revenues and accelerate the pace of overall development of the region.

The proposed project will provide direct employment to a large number of people in the project area and nearby villages. This project will also generate indirect employment to a considerable number of families, who will render their services for the employees of the project. The project will also encourage ancillary industries in the region, which will not only increase the employment potential but also strengthen the economic base of the region. Thus, the proposed project with its entailing considerable benefits would be in the interest of the region and state as a whole.




173

CHAPTER – 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

SRUSHTI SEVA PRIVATE LIMITED is a techno – scientific service organization dedicated exclusively to the cause of maintaining the equilibrium between the developmental activities and the environment including the protection and management of natural resources.

The objective of Srushti Seva Private Limited is to revive, support, strengthen and promote the traditional and unconventional technologies, which have survived through ages. These technologies meet our target of achieving the eco-friendly environment in this modern age. For the same cause we, at Srusthi Seva Private Limited, take initiatives in associating with national and international institutions, working for the same cause.

Srushti Seva Private Limited is also dedicated to collect, analyse and disseminate the scientific, technical and socioeconomic information and knowledge for the benefit of the masses. The advance technological tools like Information Technology etc are used for a quality output and better perspective. To achieve the desired objectives in each project, the vital factor of socio-economic information collation and analyses always plays an indispensable role. Srushti Seva private Limited has always stood in the front lines in this important area. The present and perspective areas of work for Srusthi Seva Private Limited are:

Environment Impact Assessment & Environment Management Plan

Rainwater Harvesting – Feasibility, Survey and Execution

Investigation of environmental pollution and abatement measures.

Watershed development, management and evaluation.

Programs for conservation of surface and ground water.

Ground water recharge- feasibility and surveys.

Development of unconventional energy sources.

Training and awareness programmes.

To summarise, Srushti Seva Private Limited is a group which is inspired and guided by the nature and finds an immense pleasure in working on scientific lines with a role of activator between the decision makers and the locals. The active participation of locals through the development of self-help groups is always on top of the main agenda. Srushti Seva Private Limited is dedicated to work in the field of research, development and exploration of traditional technologies and unconventional energy resources. The benefit of these activities is madeavailable to the end users.

Srushti Seva private Limited has been recognized by Nagpur Municipal Corporation (NMC) as Technical Agency for implementation of rainwater harvesting. It is also empanelled as Technical Service Provider (TSP) by Zilla Parishad, Nagpur and as Support Organisation (SO) By Zilla Parishad, Bhandara under Jalswarajya Project. In addition, it is also associated with various social organisations and educational institutions to provide necessary technical support in the field of water conservation and management. Srushti Seva private Limited has been accredited under EIA consultants Organization by NABET vide letter no. Certificate No NABET/EIA/1720/RA0105 Valid till 15/05/2020 (Annexure 12.1). List of experts involved in preparation of EIA/EMP is enclosed as Annexure 12.2.

MARKI-MANGLI COAL BLOCK-IIIenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/14012019... ·...

Documents

Transcript of MARKI-MANGLI COAL BLOCK-IIIenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/14012019... ·...